/=++====++====++====++====++====<<##0##>>====++====++====++====++====++=\
 0==++====++====++====++====++====<<##0##>>====++====++====++====++====++==0
+|                                                                         |+
+|                  "Hitman: Blood Money" Strategy Guide                   |+
+|                                                                         |+
+|              [PS2, PS3, Xbox, Xbox 360, and PC Versions]                |+
+|               Version 3.6 [Revision 7] (September 2013)                 |+
+|                                                                         |+
+|                          By Robert Allen Rusk.                          |+
+|                  Copyright 2011-2013 Robert Allen Rusk.                 |+
+|                                                                         |+
+|                    E-MAIL: rarusk[at]netzero[dot]com                    |+
+|                                                                         |+
 0==++====++====++====++====++====<<##0##>>====++====++====++====++====++==0
  \=++====++====++====++====++====<<##0##>>====++====++====++====++====++=/

For this revision I added some additional PC and Xpadder information based on
findings from a new machine upgrade.

<+++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++>

"Hitman: Blood Money" is copyright 2006 by IO Interactive, a subsidiary of
Eidos Interactive (now Square-Enix). All rights reserved. All other
trademarks and copyrights contained in this document are owned by their
respective trademark and copyright holders.

A complete listing of contact and other information can be found at the end
of this guide.

            /=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=\
 /=========================================================================\
| >TBCT. Table of Contents                                                  |
 \=========================================================================/
            \=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=/

This guide uses a Quick Search Feature which takes advantage of the Find
feature used by many web browsers. This feature will allow you to go to any
chapter or section in this guide quickly. To access any of those chapters,
sections, or to the Table of Contents do CTRL-F (PC) or Clover-F (Mac) to
activate the Find feature in the web browser. Then enter the code like this:

  >KR6 or >ZD12

0============================================0============================0
| AFS1. Introduction And General Information |~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~\
0============================================0==============================0

  GEN1. About The Guide
  GEN2. "Hitman: Blood Money"
  GEN3. Technical Data
          A. PlayStation 2 Version
          B. Xbox and Xbox 360 Version
          C. PC Version
          D. Bugs
  GEN4. The International Contract Agency
  GEN5. Controls
          A. PlayStation 2 Version
          B. PlayStation 3 Version
          C. Xbox Version
          D. Xbox 360 Version
          E. PC Version
          F. Xpadder (PC Version)
  GEN6. Profile Manager, Game Menus, and Options
  GEN7. Notoriety and Money
          A. Notoriety
          B. Money
  GEN8. Starting a New Game and Mission
  GEN9. Weapons and Items
          A. Acquiring Ammo
          B. ICA Crates, Weapon Crates, and Weapon Boxes
          C. Weapon and Item Upgrade Tiers
          D. Custom Weapons and Upgrades
          E. Standard Equipment and Upgrades
          F. Non-Custom Collectible Weapons
          G. The Detonator Trick
          H. Non-Obtainable Weapons
  GEN10. The Main Screen
  GEN11. Health Bar and Threat Meter
  GEN12. The Map and Intel
  GEN13. The Inventory Menu
  GEN14. Different Ways of Moving About
  GEN15. Observing Your Surroundings
  GEN16. Standing
  GEN17. 1st and 3rd Person Modes
  GEN18. Sneaking and Melee Attacks
  GEN19. Human Shields and Pistolwhipping
  GEN20. Punching, Stunning, and Disarming
  GEN21. Hiding Bodies, Twirling Bodies, and Found Bodies
  GEN22. Accidents
  GEN23. Disguises and Subterfuge
  GEN24. Closets and Elevators
  GEN25. Climbing, Jumping, and Entering Windows
  GEN26. Weapon Boxes and Dropping Weapons
  GEN27. Light Switches and Placing Items
  GEN28. Lockpicking
  GEN29. Firefights
  GEN30. In-Mission Saving
  GEN31. Your Rating
           A. Details
           B. Notoriety Rating
           C. Money Earned
           D. Lower Your Notoriety
           E. Newspaper
  GEN32. Game Saving, Continuing, and Replaying Missions
  GEN33. Xbox 360 and PS3 Accomplishments List
           A. Visible Accomplishments
           B. Secret Accomplishments
           C. PS3 Specific Accomplishments
  GEN34. Mission Breakdown

0================================0========================================0
| AFS2. The Story Continues..... |~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~\
0================================0==========================================0

  BDM1. "Death of a Showman"
  BDM2. Present Day
  BDM3. "A Vintage Year"
  BDM4. "Curtains Down"
  BDM5. "Flatline"
  BDM6. "A New Life"
  BDM7. "The Murder of Crows"
  BDM8. "You Better Watch Out..."
  BDM9. "Death on the Mississippi"
  BDM10. "...Till Death Do Us Part"
  BDM11. "A House of Cards"
  BDM12. "A Dance with the Devil"
  BDM13. "Amendment XXV"
  BDM14. "Requiem"

0==================0
| AFS3. Conclusion |
0==================0

  /==++====++==\                                             /==++====++==\
 /==++====++====++====++====++====<<##0##>>====++====++====++====++====++==\
| >AFS1. Introduction And General Information                               |
 \==++====++====++====++====++====<<##0##>>====++====++====++====++====++==/
  \==++====++==/                                             \==++====++==/

My name is Robert Allen Rusk and I am a hardcore gamer with about 30+ years
of gaming experience. I am an ex-gametester (Broderbund Software, LucasArts
Games, Point Of View Computing) and an ex-arcade attendant (Namco
Cyberstation - Pier 39, San Francisco, CA). I also own multiple systems such
as the Sega Dreamcast, Super Nintendo, Nintendo 64, Atari Jaguar, PlayStation
1 and 2, Xbox, and Xbox 360.

I started writing guides in 2003 because I felt it was something I could do
utilizing my writing skills gained in college and gametesting along with my
passion for vidgames. Over time I have honed my overall writing and
organization skills plus my creative thinking skills. Additionally, I have
extended the play value of the games I have written guides and FAQs for many
times over plus I have received many letters from all over the world.

I am also what one may call an RGB Analog Video enthusiast. I hack most of my
game consoles to try to get the best possible video from them and that
usually involves tapping into the RGB Analog video signals and using them on
the right monitors to achieve my desires. To this end I became a member of
the GamesX.com mod forum and I post on their "RGB + Video Discussions" forum
area from time to time.

In addition, I am a member of the X-Otic Computer Systems of San Antonio
(www.xcssa.org), a group who specializes in Linux, Mac, and other systems. We
are also a group of hackers and electronics enthusiasts.

I am also a regular forum poster at GameFAQs, an occasional poster at
AtariAge, Digital Press, GTA Forums, and Video Game Saga. I am also a member
of The MoFaT (a members only message board set up by "Grand Theft Auto: Vice
City" players who met on the Vice City message boards at GameFAQs).

Outside of gaming, my interests include "Godzilla" (I have been a G-Fan since
the age of ten) and "Red Dwarf". I am also a long time soundtrack collector
with many titles in my possession. As far as favorite sports teams go, my
teams are the San Antonio Spurs (NBA) [the local team], the Denver Broncos
(NFL) [although I live in Texas, I am originally from Colorado Springs,
Colorado] and the Air Force Falcons (NCAA Football).

This guide was constructed using TextWrangler on an Apple Mac Mini. I view my
work in Safari to help in seeing how it would look on the web and correct
format errors.

On the PC version I originally played this game on a Dell Optiplex GX270 (at
2.4Ghz) with 1GB of RAM and on Windows XP Professional. I used an NVidia
GeForce 6200 video card and SoundMAX Integrated Digital Audio.

At the time of this revision I have upgraded to a Dell Optiplex GX620 (at
3.2Ghz) with 2GB of RAM and on Windows XP Professional. This machine also has
a Galaxy GeForce GT 610 video card installed.

I also played the PC version game using a wonderful little program called
Xpadder V5.3, a program that will allow you to map keyboard commands to a
joypad. The joypad I used for the PC version is the Xbox 360 joypad with the
"Xbox 360 for Windows" driver.

I also played the PS2, Xbox, and Xbox 360 versions using old game saves to
try out new ideas for this guide. I have also added PS3 related data to this
guide even though I do not have one at this time.

            /=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=\
 /=========================================================================\
| >GEN1. About The Guide                                                    |
 \=========================================================================/
            \=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=/

Welcome to my "Hitman: Blood Money" guide! If this is the first time you have
visited then you will find a lot of useful information in a highly organized
format that you can use to beat all of the missions of the game.

Quotes taken from readers' e-mail are presented "as is" and may include
spelling and grammatical errors.

The main emphasis of this guide is to provide creative and simple solutions
to many of the missions for "Blood Money". Many hours were spent going over
each mission and finding unique ways to solve them. I think you will be
surprised by some of the solutions found here.

This guide was written while playing the game on the *PROFESSIONAL*
difficulty setting. This is mainly because of the difficulty based
Accomplishments for the Xbox 360 and PS3 versions. It is also designed to to
allow you to earn Silent Assassin ratings and acquire all weapons.

This guide also goes over console differences and other technical data.
Although this guide was written with the Xbox 360 in mind this guide will
also benefit PS2, PS3, Original Xbox, and PC players.

This guide was also written while using the Xpadder keyboard-to-joypad
mapping program for the PC version and may incorporate strategies that may
only work with this setup. If any of these strategies don't work with the
standard keyboard/mouse configuration then feel free to write me about it.

I have worked hard to make sure that this guide is as complete as possible 
but at the same time leave room for exploration. I hope that you enjoy this
guide as much as learn from it.

            /=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=\
 /=========================================================================\
| >GEN2. "Hitman: Blood Money"                                              |
 \=========================================================================/
            \=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=/

"Hitman: Blood Money" is the fourth game that features the now-popular
protagonist known as Agent 47, a clone designed for assassination work. The
game was released in 2006 for the PC, Sony PlayStation 2, MicroSoft Xbox, and
MicroSoft Xbox 360.

This game differs from its predecessors in that it has far more options to
kill your Targets including Accidents. You can also lure people away to
either move about more quietly or ambush them in a more secluded place. This
installment also has a new feature called Notoriety which makes the game
harder based on how many people witnessed you do your dirty work. In
addition, although you can't buy weapons, you can purchase upgrades for them.

This game feels easier than the previous installments but, since it has more
options to deal with people, it also feels more challenging. It also has some
of the better graphics of all of the "Hitman" games (only "Absolution" is
better).

I got into the "Hitman" games because of the PS2 demo of "Silent Assassin"
which was made available during the summer of 2002. I decided to load up the
demo because I was kind of bored while waiting for "Grand Theft Auto: Vice
City" to be released (fall of 2002).

But I did not expect the awesome music that graced my ears when I got to the
main menu. A fantastic orchestral piece that blew my mind. I would just let
the game sit on the menu screen so I could listen to this piece repeatedly.
After awhile I finally got into the demo and I also became impressed by the
gameplay and additional music.

From that point I became a fan of "Hitman". And it was the first time that I
got into a game series because of the music. The music was done by Jesper
Kyd, a fantastic musician who I was initially exposed to from the Sega
DreamCast game "MDK2". I now own the scores to all four "Hitman" games (and
the score to the oft-maligned "Hitman" movie - by Geoff Zanelli).

When I started writing guides, I always wanted to do the "Hitman" series.
However, I wanted to start with the first game, "Codename 47". But the game
was never released outside of the PC platform. This created a problem because
I am a Mac user and it was never released there either.

I was aware that some of the missions from "Codename 47" were remade for
"Contracts" but that wasn't the same. As I was playing "Blood Money" I was
actually writing a guide in my head but it never came out because I wasn't
able to do a guide on the first game.

In 2010 I finally obtained a suitable PC and was able to play "Codename 47".
I would also start writing guides for it and all of the other "Hitman" games.
This guide was originally written covering all of the platforms it appeared
on at the time. In early 2013 IO Interactive released the HD Trilogy set for
the Xbox 360 and PlayStation 3 thus initiating a revision adding new
information.

            /=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=\
 /=========================================================================\
| >GEN3. Technical Data                                                     |
 \=========================================================================/
            \=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=/

Listed in this chapter is technical data that I've compiled on the various
versions of "Blood Money":

0+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=0=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+0
| A. PlayStation 2 Version |~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~\
0+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=0=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+0

When you start up the PS2 version of the game then you will be given the Test
TV Settings screen. Here you can choose to start the game in either NTSC/PAL
interlaced mode (480i/525i) or DTV480p/DTV525p (progressive scan).

While I thought it to be nice that IO Interactive put in a progressive scan
mode for the PS2 version of this game I also found it to be almost useless.
This is because the progressive scan mode is programmed in such a way as to
cause severe pillar-boxing on my MultiSync 3D RGB monitor.

Pillar-Boxing is the reverse of letter-boxing in which the screen is squashed
from the left and right sides. On the MultiSync I found that the viewing area
is squashed an inch and a half from both sides (a total loss of three
inches). No amount of fiddling with the horizontal controls could fix it.
Obviously, because I prefer to play games in progressive scan when possible,
I was disappointed with this development.

Unlike the other console versions you can use cheat discs and other programs
with this game:

  >>Xploder HDTV Player
    *******************
      This product will allow you to view your games in progressive scan, 
      usually in 480p. Even though the game has its own progressive scan mode 
      this disc will also work with it. However, this product doesn't fix the 
      extreme pillar-boxing issue that occurs with the game.

  >>GS Mode Selector
    ****************
      This is a small program that is used with the memory card exploit known 
      as Free McBoot. Like with HDTV Viewer you can also view games in 
      progressive scan using this program.

      This game will also work with GS Mode Selector, preferably in 640 x 
      480. And, just like with Xploder HDTV Viewer, it can't fix the extreme 
      pillar-boxing issue with the game.

      One bonus is that you can use this program in conjunction with both 
      HDLoader and Open PS2 Loader - something you cannot do with Xploder 
      HDTV Viewer.

  >>HDLoader
    ********
      The main reason most people use the Free McBoot memory card exploit is 
      to use this program which will allow you to play games off of the hard 
      drive if you use a PS2 "Fatty" or an early model PS2 "Slim" that has 
      been modified to use a HDD.

      Once the game is installed then you need to make a couple of tweaks to 
      its compatibility settings before you start playing. After installing 
      the game onto the HDD, highlight the game on the Game List menu and 
      press SELECT. This will bring up the Game Compatibility Settings. It 
      will look like this:

        Slow HDD access:                 No
        Disable DVD9 support:            No
        Kill HDL After launch:           No
        Date/timefix 2:                  No
        Date/timefix 3:                  No
        Disable network support:         No
        Disable CzC patch:               No
        Soul Calibur 2 / Suikoden V:     No

      As you can see all of the default settings are set to "No". You need to 
      make the following changes to make sure that the game works perfectly 
      with HDLoader:

        Slow HDD access:                YES <----------
        Disable DVD9 support:            No
        Kill HDL After launch:           No
        Date/timefix 2:                 YES <----------
        Date/timefix 3:                  No
        Disable network support:         No
        Disable CzC patch:               No
        Soul Calibur 2 / Suikoden V:     No

      Slowing down HDD access will fix sound issues with the game (removing 
      static-like sounds during cutscenes and gameplay). The Date/timefix 
      setting will fix the timestamp on your game saves so that it matches 
      the clock settings.

  >>Open PS2 Loader
    ***************
      This program is meant to replace HDLoader and is more solid than HDL. 
      You use this in place of HDL and it will recognize the HDD and all the 
      games you have already installed. OPL, or "Opal" as I like to call it, 
      has its own compatibility modes for games and won't recognize the 
      settings used in HDL.

      There is one change that I recommend to the compatibility settings for 
      this game. Highlight the game on the Game List menu and select Game 
      Settings. There are eight modes that you can tweak to make your game 
      run better. By default they are all set to OFF.

      You should change Mode 6 to ON. Mode 6 disables something called In 
      Game Reset where you can actually go back to the main menu of Opal 
      without having to turn off the machine by means of holding down certain 
      buttons together.

      I found that if you leave it OFF, at least with "Silent Assassin", then 
      the game will randomly crash during gameplay. As a result I recommend 
      changing Mode 6 to ON just to make sure you don't encounter any 
      potential crash problems with "Blood Money".

      Right beneath the mode settings there is something called DMA Mode. 
      This has something to do with the hard disk access speed. As noted with 
      HDLoader you needed to change the access speed to correct static-like. 
      You do not need to tweak this setting for Opal.

      However, on occasion when you boot up the game, then you may encounter 
      static-like noises. In this instance it is best to reboot the PS2 
      completely. This will fix the problem.

At the time of this writing I do not have a PlayStation 3 so therefore I
don't have any information on how it runs using the Backwards Compatibility
mode on the older PS3s that have it.

0+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=0=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+0
| B. Xbox and Xbox 360 Version |~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~\
0+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=0=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+0

The Xbox version looks better than the PS2 version and loads up faster. Like
with the PS2 version it also has a progressive scan mode (but I would imagine
it is programmed better than the PS2 version). It also has features for Xbox
Live but, now that XBL support for the Original Xbox has been discontinued,
those features are useless.

Finally, the Xbox version is *NOT* supported on the now aborted Backwards
Compatibility feature on the Xbox 360. Originally it was but, after the
release of the Xbox 360 version, support for the Xbox version was removed in
one of the last updates.

The Xbox 360 version looks and sounds the best of the three console versions.
The addition of Accomplishments adds replay and challenge value to the game.
The game can be installed on the hard drive and USB flash drives to reduce
wear and tear on your unit.

In early 2013 this game was rereleased as part of the HD Trilogy set that
also includes its predecessors "Silent Assassin" and "Contracts". Even though
IOI is part of Square-Enix now the only change to the game is the artwork on
the disc - all of the cutscenes and credit listings when you load up the game
still names Eidos as the publisher.

0+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+0+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+0
| C. PC Version |~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~\
0+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+0+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+0

Being that "Blood Money" was released in 2006, current PCs and Laptops
should have no problem running the game regardless of graphical resolution
and sound. On old machines, seven years and older, there will be major
issues.

My Optiplex GX270 came out in 2004, two years before the release of the game
and meets most of the specs.

The integrated graphics processor (IGP) for the GX270 is the Intel(R) 82865G
Graphics Controller and was aimed more towards businesses since that is what
the machine was initially designed for. So this IGP isn't geared toward
gaming and is considered fairly weak.

This game will *NOT* run on any of the IGPs that came out at the time of the
title's release. They do not support Pixel Shaders which is a requirement for
the game to run. A dedicated video card is *REQUIRED* to run "Blood Money" on
older machines.

If your machine has a PCI-Express slot then you should have an easy time
finding a decent video card that will allow you to get the most from this
game. If not, then it will be more difficult. There is no PCI-E slot on the
GX270 so I had to find an AGP interface card. I found an inexpensive NVidia
GeForce 6200 card at the Austin Goodwill ComputerWorks.

But, for this title anyway, it is considered a low-end card and the game will
chug badly unless you set the resolution down and tweak down most of the
other graphical settings.

However, even on a higher end machine with a good video card I found that the
camera movements tend to be rough regardless of resolution and other
graphical settings.

In addition, you need to tweak the sound acceleration settings down to Basic
in the program DXDiag (prior to running the game) or you will cause the game
to crash in the missions "Curtains Down" and "A Murder of Crows". When
running DXDiag you need to access the Sound tab to tweak the necessary
settings.

Then there's the matter of the controls. I find the keyboard/mouse setup to
be very clumsy and I cannot play any of the "Hitman" games with this setup.
The program Xpadder is an extremely useful program to get around this issue
and I discuss that later in the guide.

0+=+=+=+=+0+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+0
| D. Bugs |~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~\
0+=+=+=+=+0+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+0

"Blood Money" does have some imperfections that will appear from time to
time. These are bugs within the game engine and may appear across most
platforms:

  >>Strangulation Bug I
    *******************
      There is a rare intermittent crash when Strangulating the Guard through 
      the Hatch in "Death of a Showman". Found in the PS2 and Xbox 360 
      versions.

  >>Strangulation Bug II
    ********************
      Unlike the first bug this one you can recreate at will. Basically, if 
      you Strangle too many people through the Elevator Hatch then you will 
      crash the game. Found this during the mission "You Better Watch Out..." 
      on all versions.

  >>Disarm Bug
    **********
      I believe you can crash the game if you Disarm too many people without 
      either knocking them out or killing them afterwards. Found on the Xbox 
      360 version.

  >>Melee Weapon Bug
    ****************
      If you use a Kitchen Knife, Meat Cleaver, or Screwdriver and you swing 
      into the air or into a wall then you may cause game to crash. Found on 
      the Xbox 360 version.

  >>The Reappearing Air Rifle Glitch
    ********************************
      This minor bug appears only in the mission "A New Life". This minor bug 
      has to do with making the Air Rifle reappear in the Weapons Box if you 
      remove it from the Box and then ambush a Guard at the Box. But I 
      rewrote the mission in such a way as to avoid it completely. Found on 
      all versions.

  >>PIP Bug
    *******
      In the mission "Amendment XXV" if you have the PIP Cam off then it will 
      turn itself back on at some point during the mission (usually after 
      Parchezzi's death). Found on all console versions.

And now a brief explanation about Agent 47's employer.....

            /=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=\
 /=========================================================================\
| >GEN4. The International Contract Agency                                  |
 \=========================================================================/
            \=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=/

The ICA or The Agency, as it is often called, is the shadowy organization
that Agent 47 works for. Its main purpose is to carry out assassinations. A
powerful person, or government, who wants to take down somebody without being
connected to it will contact The Agency and an agent will be assigned to a
mission to carry out the contract.

However, sometimes there is more than just killing the Target. Most missions
often have several objectives beyond the assassination. Destruction or
retrieval of items and rescuing someone are some of the other objectives that
an agent may need to accomplish.

            /=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=\
 /=========================================================================\
| >GEN5. Controls                                                           |
 \=========================================================================/
            \=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=/

Although the manual covers the setup pretty good, I felt that I should
include a section on controls.

0+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=0=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+0
| A. PlayStation 2 Version |~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~\
0+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=0=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+0

0======0
| Menus \
0=======================================================>

  Select Menu Item......................................................D-Pad
  Accept Menu Selection..............................................X Button
  Cancel Selection/Return to Previous Menu....................Triangle Button
  Mission Briefing..............................................Select Button
  Pause/Options Menu.............................................Start Button

0=======0
| Action \
0=======================================================>

  [1] Move Around...........................................Left Analog Stick
  [2] Sneak/Crouch..................................................L1 Button
  [3] Action.........................................................X Button
  Map...............................................................L2 Button
  [4] Throw Item....................................................L3 Button

0========0
| Weapons \
0=======================================================>

  Move Crosshair...........................................Right Analog Stick
  Fire..............................................................R1 Button
  [5] Enter Sniper Mode.............................................R3 Button
  Zoom In/Out (Sniper Mode)...............................D-Pad Up/D-Pad Down
  Reload............................................................R2 Button
  Holster/Draw Weapon.....................................(Tap) Square Button
  Exit Sniper Mode............................................Triangle Button

0==========0
| Inventory \
0=======================================================>

  [6] Pick Up Items.............................................Circle Button
  Open Inventory List....................................(Hold) Square Button
  Select Inventory Item................................D-Pad Left/D-Pad Right
  Equip Item..........................................(Release) Square Button
  Drop Selected Item..........................................Triangle Button

0=======0
| Camera \
0=======================================================>

  Look Around..............................................Right Analog Stick
  Toggle First/Third Person View....................................R3 Button

       <0+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+<<##0##>>+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+0>

[1] - Move slightly to walk, move a bit further to speed walk, and move 
      further from that to run.

[2] - Hold down and move forward to Sneak. When you stop then you will 
      Crouch. Move forward very slowly to crawl. Release to get out of Sneak 
      Mode.

[3] - This is used for the following:

        --Open/close doors
        --Look through Keyholes
        --Make Human Shields
        --View Action List (when presented with multiple actions then hold 
                            down to view list)

[4] - Hold down and release to throw the selected item.

[5] - You have to press this button twice to enter Sniper Mode.

[6] - When presented with multiple items then hold down the button to bring 
      up a list of items that can be picked up.

0+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=0=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+0
| B. PlayStation 3 Version |~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~\
0+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=0=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+0

0======0
| Menus \
0=======================================================>

  Select Menu Item......................................................D-Pad
  Accept Menu Selection..............................................X Button
  Cancel Selection/Return to Previous Menu....................Triangle Button
  Mission Briefing..............................................Select Button
  Pause/Options Menu.............................................Start Button

0=======0
| Action \
0=======================================================>

  [1] Move Around...........................................Left Analog Stick
  [2] Sneak/Crouch..................................................L2 Button
  [3] Action.........................................................X Button
  Map...............................................................L1 Button
  [4] Throw Item....................................................L3 Button

0========0
| Weapons \
0=======================================================>

  Move Crosshair...........................................Right Analog Stick
  Fire..............................................................R2 Button
  [5] Enter Sniper Mode.............................................R3 Button
  Zoom In/Out (Sniper Mode)...............................D-Pad Up/D-Pad Down
  Reload............................................................R1 Button
  Holster/Draw Weapon.....................................(Tap) Square Button
  Exit Sniper Mode............................................Triangle Button

0==========0
| Inventory \
0=======================================================>

  [6] Pick Up Items.............................................Circle Button
  Open Inventory List....................................(Hold) Square Button
  Select Inventory Item................................D-Pad Left/D-Pad Right
  Equip Item..........................................(Release) Square Button
  Drop Selected Item..........................................Triangle Button

0=======0
| Camera \
0=======================================================>

  Look Around..............................................Right Analog Stick
  Toggle First/Third Person View....................................R3 Button

       <0+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+<<##0##>>+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+0>

[1] - Move slightly to walk, move a bit further to speed walk, and move 
      further from that to run.

[2] - Hold down and move forward to Sneak. When you stop then you will 
      Crouch. Move forward very slowly to crawl. Release to get out of Sneak 
      Mode.

[3] - This is used for the following:

        --Open/close doors
        --Look through Keyholes
        --Make Human Shields
        --View Action List (when presented with multiple actions then hold 
                            down to view list)

[4] - Hold down and release to throw the selected item.

[5] - You have to press this button twice to enter Sniper Mode.

[6] - When presented with multiple items then hold down the button to bring 
      up a list of items that can be picked up.

0+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+0+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+0
| C. Xbox Version |~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~\
0+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+0+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+0

0======0
| Menus \
0=======================================================>

  Select Menu Item......................................................D-Pad
  Accept Menu Selection..............................................A Button
  Cancel Selection/Return to Previous Menu...........................Y Button
  Mission Briefing................................................Back Button
  Pause/Options Menu.............................................Start Button

0=======0
| Action \
0=======================================================>

  [1] Move Around...........................................Left Analog Stick
  [2] Sneak/Crouch...............................................Left Trigger
  [3] Action.........................................................A Button
  Map............................................................White Button
  [4] Throw Item.....................................Left Analog Stick Button

0========0
| Weapons \
0=======================================================>

  Move Crosshair...........................................Right Analog Stick
  Fire..........................................................Right Trigger
  [5] Enter Sniper Mode.............................Right Analog Stick Button
  Zoom In/Out (Sniper Mode)...............................D-Pad Up/D-Pad Down
  Reload.........................................................Black Button
  Holster/Draw Weapon..........................................(Tap) X Button
  Exit Sniper Mode...................................................Y Button

0==========0
| Inventory \
0=======================================================>

  [6] Pick Up Items..................................................B Button
  Open Inventory List.........................................(Hold) X Button
  Select Inventory Item................................D-Pad Left/D-Pad Right
  Equip Item...............................................(Release) X Button
  Drop Selected Item.................................................Y Button

0=======0
| Camera \
0=======================================================>

  Look Around..............................................Right Analog Stick
  Toggle First/Third Person View....................Right Analog Stick Button

       <0+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+<<##0##>>+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+0>

[1] - Move slightly to walk, move a bit further to speed walk, and move 
      further from that to run.

[2] - Hold down and move forward to Sneak. When you stop then you will 
      Crouch. Move forward very slowly to crawl. Release to get out of Sneak 
      Mode.

[3] - This is used for the following:

        --Open/close doors
        --Look through Keyholes
        --Make Human Shields
        --View Action List (when presented with multiple actions then hold 
                            down to view list)

[4] - Hold down and release to throw the selected item.

[5] - You have to press this button twice to enter Sniper Mode.

[6] - When presented with multiple items then hold down the button to bring 
      up a list of items that can be picked up.

0+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+0+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+0
| D. Xbox 360 Version |~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~\
0+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+0+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+0

0======0
| Menus \
0=======================================================>

  Select Menu Item......................................................D-Pad
  Accept Menu Selection..............................................A Button
  Cancel Selection/Return to Previous Menu...........................Y Button
  Mission Briefing................................................Back Button
  Pause/Options Menu.............................................Start Button

0=======0
| Action \
0=======================================================>

  [1] Move Around...........................................Left Analog Stick
  [2] Sneak/Crouch...............................................Left Trigger
  [3] Action.........................................................A Button
  Map.............................................................Left Bumper
  [4] Throw Item.....................................Left Analog Stick Button

0========0
| Weapons \
0=======================================================>

  Move Crosshair...........................................Right Analog Stick
  Fire..........................................................Right Trigger
  [5] Enter Sniper Mode.............................Right Analog Stick Button
  Zoom In/Out (Sniper Mode)...............................D-Pad Up/D-Pad Down
  Reload.........................................................Right Bumper
  Holster/Draw Weapon..........................................(Tap) X Button
  Exit Sniper Mode...................................................Y Button

0==========0
| Inventory \
0=======================================================>

  [6] Pick Up Items..................................................B Button
  Open Inventory List.........................................(Hold) X Button
  Select Inventory Item................................D-Pad Left/D-Pad Right
  Equip Item...............................................(Release) X Button
  Drop Selected Item.................................................Y Button

0=======0
| Camera \
0=======================================================>

  Look Around..............................................Right Analog Stick
  Toggle First/Third Person View....................Right Analog Stick Button

       <0+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+<<##0##>>+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+0>

[1] - Move slightly to walk, move a bit further to speed walk, and move 
      further from that to run.

[2] - Hold down and move forward to Sneak. When you stop then you will 
      Crouch. Move forward very slowly to crawl. Release to get out of Sneak 
      Mode.

[3] - This is used for the following:

        --Open/close doors
        --Look through Keyholes
        --Make Human Shields
        --View Action List (when presented with multiple actions then hold 
                            down to view list)

[4] - Hold down and release to throw the selected item.

[5] - You have to press this button twice to enter Sniper Mode.

[6] - When presented with multiple items then hold down the button to bring 
      up a list of items that can be picked up.

0+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+0+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+0
| E. PC Version |~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~\
0+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+0+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+0

0======0
| Menus \
0=======================================================>

  Select Menu Item.................................................Arrow Keys
  Accept Menu Selection.................................................Enter
  Cancel Selection/Return to Previous Menu................................Esc
  Mission Briefing......................................................B Key
  Pause/Options Menu......................................................Esc

0=======0
| Action \
0=======================================================>

  [1] Move Around...................................................WASD Keys
  Run...............................................................Shift Key
  [2] Sneak/Crouch...................................................Ctrl Key
  [3] Action............................................................E Key
  Map...................................................................M Key
  Throw Item.....................................................(Hold) G Key

0================0
| Weapons & Items \
0=======================================================>

  Move Crosshair........................................................Mouse
  Fire......................................................Left Mouse Button
  Enter/Exit Sniper Mode................................................X Key
  Zoom In/Out (Sniper Mode)................................Mousewheel Up/Down
  [4] Melee Weapons.....................................................1 Key
  [4] Pistols...........................................................2 Key
  [4] SMGs..............................................................3 Key
  [4] Rifles............................................................4 Key
  [4] Sniper Rifles.....................................................5 Key
  Binoculars............................................................6 Key
  Coin..................................................................7 Key
  Reload................................................................R Key
  Holster/Draw Weapon................................(Tap) Right Mouse Button

0==========0
| Inventory \
0=======================================================>

  [5] Pick Up Items............................................(Tap) Spacebar
  Open Inventory List.........................................(Hold) X Button
  Select Inventory Item.................................Left/Right Arrow Keys
  Equip Item.....................................(Release) Right Mouse Button
  Drop Selected Item..............................................(Tap) G Key

0=======0
| Camera \
0=======================================================>

  Look Around...........................................................Mouse
  Toggle First/Third Person View.......................................F1 Key

       <0+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+<<##0##>>+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+0>

[1] - In order to run you need to use the Run command. Unlike the console 
      versions the PC version has a dedicated run key which must be held down 
      in conjunction with the W key. Use the Mouse to direct 47 to where you 
      need for him to go when running.

[2] - Hold down and move forward to Sneak. When you stop then you will 
      Crouch. Release to get out of Sneak Mode.

[3] - This is used for the following:

        --Open/close doors
        --Look through Keyholes
        --Make Human Shields
        --View Action List (when presented with multiple actions then hold 
                            down to view list).

[4] - You can cycle through available weapons by tapping the key repeatedly.

[5] - When presented with multiple items then hold down the key to bring 
      up a list of items that can be picked up.

0+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+0+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+0
| E. Xpadder (PC Version) |~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~\
0+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+0+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+0

After playing through all of the console versions of "Hitman" I found that I
could not play the PC version of this game with the keyboard/mouse control
setup. And there are no official drivers to allow you to play the game with a
joypad.

Thankfully a programmer named Jonathan Firth wrote a program called Xpadder
that will allow you to map keyboard commands to a joypad. I used the Xbox 360
joypad for this game and I configured it to be as close as possible to the
layout used for the Xbox 360 version of this game.

The current version of Xpadder is V5.7 which you have to pay money for. The
version I am using right now is V5.3 which is the last freeware version and
what most people probably have.

Listed below is the recommended layout for using Xpadder with this game
(using the default keyboard settings). This layout uses the following format:

  ++Action [PC command]; Xbox 360 style joypad - PlayStation 2 style joypad.

  0=========================================================================0
  | Move Character [WASD Keys]      | Left Analog Stick                     |
  |---------------------------------+---------------------------------------|
  | Look Around [Mouse]             | Right Analog Stick                    |
  |---------------------------------+---------------------------------------|
  | 1st/3rd Person Mode [F1 Key]    | Left Analog Stick Button - L3 Button  |
  |---------------------------------+---------------------------------------|
  | Enter/Exit Sniper Mode [X Key]  | Right Analog Stick Button - R3 Button |
  |-------------------------------------------------------------------------|
  | Zoom Binoculars/Sniper Scope/Menu Item Selection [Mousewheel];          |
  | D-Pad Up/Down.                                                          |
  |-------------------------------------------------------------------------|
  | Inventory List Selection [Left/Right Arrow Keys]; D-Pad Left/Right.     |
  |-------------------------------------------------------------------------|
  | Action [E Key]                  | A Button - X Button                   |
  |---------------------------------+---------------------------------------|
  | Pick Up Items [Spacebar]        | B Button - Circle Button              |
  |---------------------------------+---------------------------------------|
  | Drop/Throw Items [G Key]        | Y Button - Triangle Button            |
  |-------------------------------------------------------------------------|
  | Open Inventory List/Holster/Draw Weapon [Right Mouse Button];           |
  | X Button - Square Button.                                               |
  |-------------------------------------------------------------------------|
  | Sneak [Left Ctrl Key]           | Left Trigger - L2 Button              |
  |---------------------------------+---------------------------------------|
  | Run [Left Shift Key]            | Left Bumper - L1 Button               |
  |-------------------------------------------------------------------------|
  | Fire Weapon/Attack [Left Mouse Button]; Right Trigger - R2 Button.      |
  |-------------------------------------------------------------------------|
  | Reload Weapon [R Key]           | Right Bumper - R1 Button              |
  |---------------------------------+---------------------------------------|
  | Mission Briefing [B Key]        | Start Button                          |
  |---------------------------------+---------------------------------------|
  | Map [M Key]                     | Back Button - Select Button           |
  0=========================================================================0

Within the game itself Invert the Mouse and tweak the sensitivity settings to
your comfort level.

The Run command is placed above the Left Analog Stick so it will make for
much easier navigation when running. Hold down the Run button with your left
index finger while pushing up on the Left Analog Stick with your left thumb.
Then use the Right Analog Stick for navigation.

Despite the addition of the Run command everything mapped out pretty well
when comparing this layout to the console versions.

            /=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=\
 /=========================================================================\
| >GEN6. Profile Manager, Game Menus, and Options                           |
 \=========================================================================/
            \=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=/

When you get to the title screen then you open the Profile Manager which
allows you to do the following:

  >>New
    ***
      Creates a new Profile.

  >>Load
    ****
      Loads up a current Profile

  >>Delete
    ******
      Deletes a Profile.

  >>Select Storage Device (Xbox 360 Only)
    *************************************
      Allows you to select a Profile from other storage devices such as flash 
      drives, Memory Units, and Hard Drives.

  >>Main Menu
    *********
      You need to create a Profile or load and existing one before entering 
      the Main Menu.

       <0+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+<<##0##>>+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+0>

When you get past the Profile Manager then you will see the following
options:

  >>Start Game
    **********
      This will allow you to start a new game and its difficulty level or any 
      mission from a current game.

  >>Options
    *******
      This is where you set up your sound, graphics, and controls. I will go 
      into more detail in the next chapter.

  >>Credits
    *******
      This is the credits of those who made the game.

  >>Extras (PS2 Version Only)
    *************************
      Allows you to play the demo of another Eidos game: "Urban Chaos".

  >>Exit Profile
    ************
      This sends you back to the title screen.

  >>Xbox Live (Original Xbox Only)
    ******************************
      This is for Original Xbox Live sign-in. There are additional options
      for XBL within the Pause Menu. However, since XBL was shut down for the 
      Original Xbox, these options are now useless.

       <0+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+<<##0##>>+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+0>

When selecting Options, which can also be accessed through the Pause Menu,
then you will have three main options:

  >>Sound
    *****
      Here you can select the sound and music volume.

  >>Graphics
    ********
      There are several options to play with here:

        ++Show Blood
          **********
            This determines how much blood is shown on screen.

        ++Subtitles
          *********
            This determines whether or not to use subtitles with the 
            cutscenes.

        ++PIP Cam
          *******
            This allows you to either turn on or off the Picture In Picture 
            feature. When certain events occur in the mission then you will 
            see it on the right side of your screen. Personally I find it 
            distracting so I turn it off. When you leave it off then you will 
            get Info Markers ("!") when these events occur instead of the 
            PIP.

        ++Adjust Screen (PS2 Only)
          ************************
            This allows you to adjust the position of the screen.

        ++Brightness/Gamma (Xbox 360 Only)
          ********************************
            Allows you to adjust the brightness and gamma correction of the 
            screen.

  >>Controls
    ********
      Here you can adjust certain aspects of your controls:

        ++Invert Vertical
          ***************
            This will allow you to invert how you look up and down.

        ++Simplify Strangle
          *****************
            What this does is that, if turned on, you will automatically 
            enter Sneak Mode when you pull the Fiber Wire as you go to attack 
            somebody. If you leave it off then you can walk or run about when 
            you use the Fiber Wire instead of going into Sneak Mode.

        ++Vibration Function
          ******************
            Allows you to turn on or off the vibration within your joypad.

        ++Autoaim
          *******
            Allows you to turn on or off the autoaim feature.

        ++Controller Layout
          *****************
            Shows you how the controls are laid out.

        ++Turn Speed
          **********
            Allows you to adjust how fast you turn.

Before I go any further I need to go over.....

            /=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=\
 /=========================================================================\
| >GEN7. Notoriety and Money                                                |
 \=========================================================================/
            \=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=/

  >>Notoriety
    *********
      One of the new features introduced in "Blood Money" is what is called
      Notoriety. The more people who witness you doing your thing, the harder 
      it will make your next mission and beyond.

      This is because you will become more famous and more people will 
      recognize you. Guards will become more suspicious and your cover will 
      get blown more easily. People may run to Guards easier or may just run 
      from you altogether.

      If you max out your Notoriety Rating then, unless you obtain a disguise 
      that covers your face, Guards will shoot you on sight. This will make 
      it very difficult to do your work. Because you need to be anonymous to 
      be a successful assassin, becoming famous is bad for business. So it is 
      important to be as clean as possible.

      There are two main stats concerning Notoriety: Witnesses and Caught On
      Camera.

      Witnesses are people who saw you do something you shouldn't have been 
      doing and you didn't manage to kill.

      Caught On Camera is if you are seen on the CCTV Cameras that can be 
      found on some missions. To remove evidence of your capture you need to 
      find the Surveillance Machine (VCR) and remove the CCTV Tape.

      When you play through a mission for the first time then you will 
      establish your Notoriety Rating for that mission. The more Witnesses 
      you leave behind, coupled with the Caught On Camera, the higher your 
      Notoriety Rating. The Notoriety Rating is on a 0 to 100 point system. 0 
      is the lowest Notoriety and 100 is the maximum.

      The Notoriety Rating will affect your next mission and beyond but not 
      the mission you just played. Once Notoriety has been established for a 
      mission you *CANNOT* raise it no matter how badly you screw up your 
      replays of that mission - you can only lower it.

      The only way to raise Notoriety is to play the next mission to 
      establish the Notoriety for that mission and to add to what you already 
      have from the previous one.

      One of the best ways to lower your Notoriety is to simply replay the 
      mission to obtain a Silent Assassin rating which will reduce your 
      Notoriety Rating for that mission to 0. If you do not want to do that 
      then you can do certain actions at the end of a mission to clean up 
      your Notoriety but it costs money.

  >>Money
    *****
      Money becomes more important in "Blood Money" than with its 
      predecessors. You can buy upgrades for your weapons and equipment as 
      well as purchase means to clean up your Notoriety.

      You earn money by completing your main objectives within a mission. 
      However, you can earn more money by obtaining certain items within a 
      mission. And you can earn more money still by earning better ratings - 
      up to $150,000 for a Silent Assassin rating.

            /=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=\
 /=========================================================================\
| >GEN8. Starting a New Game and Mission                                    |
 \=========================================================================/
            \=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=/

To start a new game then select Start and then select a difficulty level:
Rookie, Normal, Expert, and Professional (Pro).

The difficulty determines how much damage you can take, the accuracy of the
Guards and their sensitivity, the visibility of people on the in-game map,
and the number of in-mission saves you can make:

  >>Rookie
    ******
      The AI within the game is pretty easy and does the least amount of 
      damage in a fight. The maps will be full of Points of Interests and you 
      can save as many times as you need. Finally, the Notoriety system isn't 
      in use so you don't have to worry about what you do in a mission.

  >>Normal
    ******
      The AI within the game is still fairly easy and does a bit more damage 
      in a firefight. The maps will still have lots of Points of Interests 
      and you can save seven times. The Notoriety system will now be 
      in-effect.

  >>Expert
    ******
      The AI within the game becomes harder and it will be more alert. The 
      Guards will also do more damage in a fight. If you stand by certain 
      Guards long enough then your Threat Meter will creep up into the Yellow 
      stage and you will start to create Witnesses which will negatively 
      impact your rating.

      There will be no Points of Interests on the Map and there will be no 
      Guards on it either (there will still be Civilians though). Notoriety 
      will be in-effect and your rating will be more negatively impacted if 
      bodies are found. You can save up to three times.

  >>Professional
    ************
      The AI within the game is the hardest of all and will do the most 
      damage in a fight. You cannot make any saves at all. Only Targets and 
      VIPs will show on the Map. Unless you perform an Accident on someone 
      you cannot let any bodies be found, period.

Starting a new game at any difficulty will start the training mission "Death
of a Showman".

"Hideout", "Death of a Showman", and the mission "A Vintage Year" will appear
on all remaining difficulty levels after completion of your first run-through
of "Death of a Showman".

If you go to another difficulty level and play "A Vintage Year" without
playing through "Death of a Showman" first then you will start out with
$75,000. You will get more money if you play through "Death of a Showman"
before "A Vintage Year".

       <0+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+<<##0##>>+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+0>

When you start a mission then you will usually be given a cutscene before you
begin. After the cutscene then you will be given your Mission Briefing where
you can go over who you need to kill and what other objectives you may need
to do.

After going over the objectives then you can select.....

            /=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=\
 /=========================================================================\
| >GEN9. Weapons and Items                                                  |
 \=========================================================================/
            \=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=/

Weapons are the tools of the trade for any professional contractor. There are
many different weapons that can be used to perform your work. There are also
additional items that are useful.

0+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+0+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+0
| A. Acquiring Ammo |~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~\
0+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+0+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+0

Although you can find clips of ammo to use on various weapons during the
course of a mission you can also refill your ammo by picking up a weapon of
the same type. If you have a SLP .40 Pistol then you can add to your ammo by
picking up another SLP .40 Pistol.

You can also increase the ammo for a weapon even if you pick up different
weapon as long it is in the same class. For example, you can increase the
ammo for the TMP by picking up a MP5 since it is also a sub-machine gun and
they share the same ammo.

Unlike in past "Hitman" games there is no limit to how much ammo you can
carry for your weapons. You can have as much ammo as you can get your hands
on.

0+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=0=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+0
| B. ICA Crates, Weapon Crates, and Weapon Boxes |~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~\
0+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=0=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+0

In "Blood Money" you will find crates and boxes where you can find and store
weapons. On every mission you will find a Weapons Crate from the ICA on your
Map. With this crate you can safely store weapons you find during a mission
that can be added to your weapons collection.

This is especially handy for large weapons that can get your cover blown. In
addition, you can also use the ICA Crate to discreetly bring in large
weapons, like your Shotgun, without causing problems (until you are ready
to).

On some missions you may find unmarked Weapons Crates. They are used to store
weapons to be brought back to your weapons collection but cannot be used to
bring in large weapons.

Weapons Boxes are usually found at the Guards Quarters and look like a foot
locker with the lid cut off. You will always find weapons to acquire within
them. However, the Weapons Boxes can be used for something else and I will go
over that later in the guide.

0+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=0=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+0
| C. Weapon and Item Upgrade Tiers |~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~\
0+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=0=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+0

In "Blood Money" you have the ability to upgrade some of your weapons and
standard items. There are five upgrade tiers and they will unlock one at a
time as certain missions are successfully completed. In addition, all of the
items within a tier cost the same amount:

  >>Tier 1
    ******
      Available from the beginning.
      Item Cost - $50,000.

  >>Tier 2
    ******
      Unlocked after the mission "Curtains Down".
      Item Cost - $75,000.

  >>Tier 3
    ******
      Unlocked after the mission "Flatline".
      Item Cost - $100,000.

  >>Tier 4
    ******
      Unlocked after the mission "The Murder of Crows".
      Item Cost - $150,000.

  >>Tier 5
    ******
      Unlocked after the mission "Death on the Mississippi".
      Item Cost - $200,000.

0+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=0=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+0
| D. Custom Weapons and Upgrades |~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~\
0+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=0=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+0

In this sub-chapter I go over the five weapons that you have from the
beginning and can be upgraded. Any upgrade you purchase can be unequipped if
you do not like how the upgrade performs.

Even if you choose not to use custom ammo you cannot increase the ammo for
these weapons by picking up similar weapons during a mission. In addition, if
you leave any of these weapons behind then you will be charged $5,000 per
weapon for its retrieval at the end of a mission.

       <0+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+<<##0##>>+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+0>

  >>Silverballer
    ************
      Based on: AMT Hardballer.
      Notes: This is Agent 47's standard issue pistol. A pretty decent weapon 
             that can be made more powerful with the proper upgrades:

      0=====================================================================0
      |                           **[ Tier 1 ]**                            |
      0=====================================================================0
      | Low Velocity Ammo       | This fires slower and has less power than |
      |                         | other ammo. But this allows it to be more |
      |                         | silent and creates less recoil. When used |
      |                         | you cannot use any other ammo for the     |
      |                         | weapon.                                   |
      |-------------------------+-------------------------------------------|
      | Silencer Type 1         | A basic silencer that makes the weapon    |
      |                         | more quiet. Cannot be used with the Long  |
      |                         | Slide and Silencer Type 2 upgrades.       |
      0=====================================================================0
      |                           **[ Tier 2 ]**                            |
      0=====================================================================0
      | Extra Ammo              | You get two extra clips plus all of your  |
      |                         | clips will be expanded.                   |
      |-------------------------+-------------------------------------------|
      | Laser Sight             | A basic laser sight that allows you to be |
      |                         | a bit more precise.                       |
      |-------------------------+-------------------------------------------|
      | Rail Mount              | This is used for mounting scopes.         |
      0=====================================================================0
      |                           **[ Tier 3 ]**                            |
      0=====================================================================0
      | Magnum Ammo             | This ammo has more power and can          |
      |                         | penetrate doors. But this also creates    |
      |                         | more recoil. When used you cannot use any |
      |                         | other ammo for the weapon.                |
      |-------------------------+-------------------------------------------|
      | Dual Action             | You get a second Silverballer so you can  |
      |                         | dual wield. But this creates more recoil  |
      |                         | and takes much longer to reload.          |
      |-------------------------+-------------------------------------------|
      | Long Slide              | This allows for better precision and less |
      |                         | recoil but you cannot use silencers with  |
      |                         | it.                                       |
      0=====================================================================0
      |                           **[ Tier 4 ]**                            |
      0=====================================================================0
      | Red Dot Sight           | This is a sight that goes on top of the   |
      |                         | pistol. It has a small zoom and will      |
      |                         | allow for high precision. It requires the |
      |                         | Rail Mount upgrade and excludes the use   |
      |                         | of Scope Type 1 upgrade.                  |
      |-------------------------+-------------------------------------------|
      | Large Clip              | This doubles the capacity of your clips.  |
      0=====================================================================0
      |                           **[ Tier 5 ]**                            |
      0=====================================================================0
      | Silencer Type 2         | The best of the two silencers and cannot  |
      |                         | be used with the Long Slide and the       |
      |                         | Silencer Type 1 upgrades.                 |
      |-------------------------+-------------------------------------------|
      | Full Auto Fire          | This turns the Silverballer into a        |
      |                         | machine pistol. However, this also has    |
      |                         | more recoil because of the rapid firing.  |
      |                         | This requires the Large Clip upgrade to   |
      |                         | use.                                      |
      |-------------------------+-------------------------------------------|
      | Scope Type 1            | This is a large scope that goes on top of |
      |                         | the pistol and has better zoom than the   |
      |                         | Red Dot Sight upgrade. This allows for    |
      |                         | extreme precision. It requires the Rail   |
      |                         | Mount upgrade and excludes the use of Red |
      |                         | Dot Sight upgrade.                        |
      0=====================================================================0

       <0+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+<<##0##>>+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+0>

  >>SP12 Shotgun
    ************
      Based on: Franchi SPAS-12.
      Notes: This is a large pistol grip pump-action shotgun that can be 
             upgraded with the following:

      0=====================================================================0
      |                           **[ Tier 1 ]**                            |
      0=====================================================================0
      | Flechette Ammo          | This fires 18 dart slugs and has less     |
      |                         | power than other ammo. But this allows it |
      |                         | to be more precise. When used you cannot  |
      |                         | use any other ammo for the weapon.        |
      |-------------------------+-------------------------------------------|
      | Butt Stock              | This adds a butt stock to the rear of the |
      |                         | weapon which reduces recoil and increase  |
      |                         | precision.                                |
      0=====================================================================0
      |                           **[ Tier 2 ]**                            |
      0=====================================================================0
      | Extra Ammo              | This adds two extra rounds and expands    |
      |                         | all rounds.                               |
      |-------------------------+-------------------------------------------|
      | Reload Boost            | This allows you to mount your shells for  |
      |                         | faster reloads.                           |
      |-------------------------+-------------------------------------------|
      | 12 Gauge Slugs          | This allows you to do maximum damage.     |
      |                         | When used you cannot use any other ammo   |
      |                         | for the weapon.                           |
      0=====================================================================0
      |                           **[ Tier 3 ]**                            |
      0=====================================================================0
      | Rail Mount              | This is used for the Red Dot Sight        |
      |                         | upgrade.                                  |
      |-------------------------+-------------------------------------------|
      | Short Barrel            | This adds a short barrel to your shotgun  |
      |                         | which increases damage but makes it less  |
      |                         | precise. This upgrade also excludes the   |
      |                         | use of the Silencer Type 1.               |
      0=====================================================================0
      |                           **[ Tier 4 ]**                            |
      0=====================================================================0
      | Laser Sight             | A basic laser sight that allows you to be |
      |                         | a bit more precise.                       |
      |-------------------------+-------------------------------------------|
      | Magazine                | This adds four extra slugs and increases  |
      |                         | your rate of fire.                        |
      0=====================================================================0
      |                           **[ Tier 5 ]**                            |
      0=====================================================================0
      | Red Dot Sight           | This is a two-level zoom red dot scope    |
      |                         | that maximizes your precision. This also  |
      |                         | requires the Rail Mount upgrade.          |
      |-------------------------+-------------------------------------------|
      | Silencer Type 1         | This adds a silencer to the end of the    |
      |                         | shotgun. Cannot be used with the Short    |
      |                         | Barrel upgrade.                           |
      0=====================================================================0

       <0+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+<<##0##>>+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+0>

  >>SMG Tactical
    ************
      Based on: MP5A2.
      Notes: This is a easily concealed sub-machine gun that can be upgraded 
             with the following:

      0=====================================================================0
      |                           **[ Tier 1 ]**                            |
      0=====================================================================0
      | Butt Stock              | This adds a butt stock to the rear of the |
      |                         | weapon which reduces recoil and increases |
      |                         | precision.                                |
      |-------------------------+-------------------------------------------|
      | Low Velocity Ammo       | This fires slower and has less power than |
      |                         | other ammo. But this allows it to be more |
      |                         | silent and creates less recoil. When used |
      |                         | you cannot use any other ammo for the     |
      |                         | weapon.                                   |
      |-------------------------+-------------------------------------------|
      | Butt Stock              | This adds a different style of butt stock |
      |                         | to the rear of the weapon that can reduce |
      |                         | recoil and increase precision.            |
      0=====================================================================0
      |                           **[ Tier 2 ]**                            |
      0=====================================================================0
      | Extra Ammo              | You get two extra clips plus all of your  |
      |                         | clips will be expanded.                   |
      |-------------------------+-------------------------------------------|
      | Rail Mount              | This is used for the Red Dot Sight        |
      |                         | upgrade.                                  |
      |-------------------------+-------------------------------------------|
      | Magnum Ammo             | This ammo has more power and can          |
      |                         | penetrate doors. But this also creates    |
      |                         | more recoil. When used you cannot use any |
      |                         | other ammo for the weapon.                |
      0=====================================================================0
      |                           **[ Tier 3 ]**                            |
      0=====================================================================0
      | Rapid Fire              | This will greatly increase the rate of    |
      |                         | fire from the SMG. However, this also has |
      |                         | more recoil because of the rapid firing.  |
      |-------------------------+-------------------------------------------|
      | Short Barrel            | This adds a short barrel to your SMG      |
      |                         | which increases damage but makes it less  |
      |                         | precise.                                  |
      |-------------------------+-------------------------------------------|
      | Silencer Type 1         | A basic silencer that makes the weapon    |
      |                         | more quiet but does less damage. Cannot   |
      |                         | be used with the Silencer Type 2 upgrade. |
      0=====================================================================0
      |                           **[ Tier 4 ]**                            |
      0=====================================================================0
      | Laser Sight             | A basic laser sight that allows you to be |
      |                         | a bit more precise.                       |
      |-------------------------+-------------------------------------------|
      | Double Clip             | This doubles the size of your clip for a  |
      |                         | faster reload.                            |
      0=====================================================================0
      |                           **[ Tier 5 ]**                            |
      0=====================================================================0
      | Silencer Type 2         | The best of the two silencers and cannot  |
      |                         | be used with the Silencer Type 1 upgrade. |
      |                         | However, it lessens the damage of the     |
      |                         | weapon.                                   |
      |-------------------------+-------------------------------------------|
      | Red Dot Sight           | This is a two-level zoom red dot scope    |
      |                         | that maximizes your precision. This also  |
      |                         | requires the Rail Mount upgrade.          |
      0=====================================================================0

       <0+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+<<##0##>>+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+0>

  >>M4 Assault Rifle
    ****************
      Based on: M4A1 Carbine.
      Notes: This is a large un-concealable assault rifle that can be 
             upgraded with the following:

      0=====================================================================0
      |                           **[ Tier 1 ]**                            |
      0=====================================================================0
      | R.I.S. Handguard        | This is a special handguard that is       |
      |                         | required for the Laser Sight and Pistol   |
      |                         | Grip upgrades.                            |
      |-------------------------+-------------------------------------------|
      | Low Velocity Ammo       | This fires slower and has less power than |
      |                         | other ammo. But this allows it to be more |
      |                         | silent and creates less recoil. When used |
      |                         | you cannot use any other ammo for the     |
      |                         | weapon.                                   |
      |-------------------------+-------------------------------------------|
      | Butt Stock              | This adds a lightweight butt stock to the |
      |                         | rear of the weapon which reduces recoil   |
      |                         | and increases precision.                  |
      0=====================================================================0
      |                           **[ Tier 2 ]**                            |
      0=====================================================================0
      | Extra Ammo              | You get two extra clips plus all of your  |
      |                         | clips will be expanded.                   |
      |-------------------------+-------------------------------------------|
      | Laser Sight             | A basic laser sight that allows you to be |
      |                         | a bit more precise. Requires the R.I.S.   |
      |                         | Handguard upgrade.                        |
      |-------------------------+-------------------------------------------|
      | Rail Mount              | This is used for the Red Dot Sight        |
      |                         | upgrade.                                  |
      |-------------------------+-------------------------------------------|
      | Armor Piercing Ammo     | This ammo has more power and can          |
      |                         | penetrate doors. When used you cannot use |
      |                         | any other ammo for the weapon.            |
      0=====================================================================0
      |                           **[ Tier 3 ]**                            |
      0=====================================================================0
      | Silencer Type 1         | A basic silencer that makes the weapon    |
      |                         | more quiet. Cannot be used with the       |
      |                         | Silencer Type 2 upgrade.                  |
      |-------------------------+-------------------------------------------|
      | Pistol Grip             | This adds extra support and makes your    |
      |                         | weapon more steady. Requires the R.I.S.   |
      |                         | Handguard upgrade.                        |
      0=====================================================================0
      |                           **[ Tier 4 ]**                            |
      0=====================================================================0
      | Double Clip             | This gives you two additional clips and   |
      |                         | speeds up reloading. Cannot be used with  |
      |                         | the Drum Magazine upgrade.                |
      |-------------------------+-------------------------------------------|
      | Red Dot Sight           | This is a two-level zoom red dot scope    |
      |                         | that maximizes your precision. This also  |
      |                         | requires the Rail Mount upgrade. Cannot   |
      |                         | be used with the Scope Type 1 upgrade.    |
      0=====================================================================0
      |                           **[ Tier 5 ]**                            |
      0=====================================================================0
      | Silencer Type 2         | The best of the two silencers and cannot  |
      |                         | be used with Silencer Type 1 upgrade.     |
      |-------------------------+-------------------------------------------|
      | Drum Magazine           | This is a large drum magazine that adds   |
      |                         | 100 rounds to your weapon but greatly     |
      |                         | increases recoil. Cannot be used with the |
      |                         | Double Clip upgrade.                      |
      |-------------------------+-------------------------------------------|
      | Scope Type 1            | This is a large scope that goes on top of |
      |                         | the rifle and has better zoom than the    |
      |                         | Red Dot Sight upgrade. This allows for    |
      |                         | extreme precision. It requires the Rail   |
      |                         | Mount upgrade and excludes the use of Red |
      |                         | Dot Sight upgrade.                        |
      0=====================================================================0

       <0+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+<<##0##>>+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+0>

  >>W2000 Sniper
    ************
      Based on: Walther WA 2000.
      Notes: Only 176 of these rifles were ever made because it was too 
             expensive to achieve widespread sales of the weapon. This makes 
             it a rare and valuable collectable. It comes with its own rifle 
             case which can also be upgraded.

             It is important to note that the rifle case is only for use with 
             the W2000. There is a trick in "Contracts" that allowed you to 
             use the rifle case to carry other types of Sniper Rifles which 
             was very useful in collecting them. Sadly, you cannot do this in 
             "Blood Money".

             The W2000 is one of the best Sniper Rifles ever constructed and 
             can be made even better with the following upgrades:

      0=====================================================================0
      |                           **[ Tier 1 ]**                            |
      0=====================================================================0
      | Low Velocity Ammo       | This fires slower and has less power than |
      |                         | other ammo. But this allows it to be more |
      |                         | silent and creates less recoil. When used |
      |                         | you cannot use any other ammo for the     |
      |                         | weapon.                                   |
      |-------------------------+-------------------------------------------|
      | Double Capacity Clip    | This doubles the capacity of your clips   |
      |                         | and increases your rate of fire. Cannot   |
      |                         | be used with the Bolt Action upgrade.     |
      0=====================================================================0
      |                           **[ Tier 2 ]**                            |
      0=====================================================================0
      | Extra Ammo              | You get one extra clip plus all of your   |
      |                         | clips will be expanded.                   |
      |-------------------------+-------------------------------------------|
      | Scope Type 1            | This is a large scope that goes on top of |
      |                         | the rifle and has a three-level zoom.     |
      |                         | This allows for high precision. Cannot be |
      |                         | used with the Scope Type 2 upgrade.       |
      |-------------------------+-------------------------------------------|
      | Lightweight Frame       | This replaces most of your rifle with     |
      |                         | lightweight parts. This is required for   |
      |                         | the Bolt Action upgrade.                  |
      0=====================================================================0
      |                           **[ Tier 3 ]**                            |
      0=====================================================================0
      | Silencer Type 1         | A basic silencer that makes the weapon    |
      |                         | more quiet but does less damage. Cannot   |
      |                         | be used with the Silencer Type 2 upgrade. |
      |-------------------------+-------------------------------------------|
      | Armor Piercing Ammo     | This ammo has more power and can          |
      |                         | penetrate doors but increases recoil.     |
      |                         | When used you cannot use any other ammo   |
      |                         | for the weapon.                           |
      0=====================================================================0
      |                           **[ Tier 4 ]**                            |
      0=====================================================================0
      | Extra Ammo              | This gives you two extra clips and will   |
      |                         | expand all clips.                         |
      |-------------------------+-------------------------------------------|
      | Carbon-Fiber Barrel     | This barrel will increase precision and   |
      |                         | reduce recoil.                            |
      |-------------------------+-------------------------------------------|
      | Bolt Action             | This turns the rifle into a single shot   |
      |                         | weapon and greatly increases precision.   |
      |                         | This requires the Lightweight Frame       |
      |                         | upgrade and cannot be used with clips.    |
      0=====================================================================0
      |                           **[ Tier 5 ]**                            |
      0=====================================================================0
      | Silencer Type 2         | The best of the two silencers and cannot  |
      |                         | be used with the Silencer Type 1 upgrade. |
      |                         | However, it lessens the damage of the     |
      |                         | weapon.                                   |
      |-------------------------+-------------------------------------------|
      | Scope Type 2            | This is a large scope that goes on top of |
      |                         | the rifle and has a three-level zoom. It  |
      |                         | is better than the Scope Type 1 upgrade   |
      |                         | and has a distance counter. This allows   |
      |                         | for very high precision. Cannot be used   |
      |                         | with the Scope Type 1 upgrade.            |
      0=====================================================================0

0+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=0=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+0
| E. Standard Equipment and Upgrades |~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~\
0+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=0=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+0

Listed in this sub-chapter is the standard equipment you always carry along
with appropriate upgrades. Any upgrade you purchase cannot be unequipped.

       <0+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+<<##0##>>+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+0>

  >>Fiber Wire
    **********
      Notes: This is a specially made weapon using a very strong fiber wire. 
             Its main use is to strangulate your victim from behind.

             The best feature about this weapon is that, because you are 
             strangulating your victim, he will not make any noise as you are 
             attacking him. You can also use this weapon to break necks but 
             this happens at random. Another feature is that it will not 
             trigger metal detectors.

             When you enable the Simplify Strangle option then you will 
             automatically go into Sneak Mode when you pull the Fiber Wire to 
             ready it for attack.

  >>Sedative Syringe
    ****************
      Notes: This is a stainless steel, surgical syringe. It contains a 
             non-lethal general Anesthetic, enough to knock out a grown man. 
             Once knocked out, the victim will remain unconscious for the 
             rest of the mission unless found and awakened.

             The Sedative can also be used on food and drink. Bring out the 
             Sedative and aim the Crosshair at the item to be injected. When 
             the Crosshair turns red then press Fire to inject the item.

             The Sedative can be used for a quick attack and should be used 
             sparingly since you will have only two doses to use during a 
             mission.

  >>Poison Syringe
    **************
      Notes: This is a stainless steel, surgical syringe. It contains a 
             lethal combination of sodium pentothal, pavulon, and potassium 
             chloride and will kill instantly. The Poison Syringe can be used 
             exactly like the Sedative Syringe.

  >>RU-AP Mine
    **********
      Notes: This is a Non-Detectable bomb. It comes with a Detonator and can 
             be detonated within 25 meters.

             This is normally used for Winches and other large objects that 
             can be dropped down onto someone. When in the right spot then 
             you will get the Plant Bomb prompt which will allow you to 
             properly place the Mine.

             You can also plant the Mine on other objects as well. Bring out 
             the Mine and look down towards the object. When the Crosshair 
             turns red then press Fire to plant the Mine.

             You can bring out the Detonator in a crowded area and still 
             detonate safely - the people don't seem to care about you 
             holding this item out in the open. As a matter of fact, this 
             particular aspect of this device is very useful in weapon 
             acquisition which is explained a little later.

             The Mine can also be placed inside Briefcases and Suitcases. 
             When opened then the Mine will explode, killing the victim and 
             thus making a good booby trap.

             You get one Mine to use but you can increase that number with an 
             upgrade. You can also increase the range of the Detonator with 
             an upgrade.

  >>Coin
    ****
      Notes: This is a simple coin used to distract people. Throw the Coin at 
             something and whoever is nearby will go to investigate. I find 
             this to be fairly useless, especially since it hardly works at 
             all at Professional difficulty. If you wish to lure Guards away 
             then it is best to use the Weapon Dropping technique which I 
             will cover later.

  >>Binoculars
    **********
      Notes: This is a waterproof and shock resistant pair of binoculars with 
             a 8x45 zoom. However, it cannot zoom. But you can upgrade it to 
             something better.

  >>Lockpick
    ********
      Notes: This is the one item that is part of your equipment but cannot 
             be selected in the Inventory List. This is used to open locked 
             doors, of course. You can increase the speed of your lockpicking 
             by purchasing better Lockpicks.

      0=====================================================================0
      |                       Standard Item Upgrades                        |
      |+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=++=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=++=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+|
      |                           **[ Tier 1 ]**                            |
      0=====================================================================0
      | Pain Killers            | This is an experimental drug that         |
      |                         | contains a hazardous amount of anesthetic |
      |                         | and is undergoing test trials to pass as  |
      |                         | a surgery aid on race horses. This will   |
      |                         | boost your health and will allow you to   |
      |                         | endure more damage.                       |
      |-------------------------+-------------------------------------------|
      | 7x50 Zoom Binoculars    | This is an upgrade over the standard 8x45 |
      |                         | zoom binoculars. This also has an         |
      |                         | incremental zoom plus distance counter.   |
      |-------------------------+-------------------------------------------|
      | Improved Lockpick       | This will speed up your Lockpicking by    |
      |                         | 25%.                                      |
      0=====================================================================0
      |                           **[ Tier 2 ]**                            |
      0=====================================================================0
      | Kevlar Vest             | This piece of body armor will allow you   |
      |                         | to absorb 15% damage but you will lose it |
      |                         | the first time you change clothes.        |
      |-------------------------+-------------------------------------------|
      | Enhanced Detonator      | This will more than double the range of   |
      |                         | the RU-AP Mine Detonator (50 to 60        |
      |                         | meters).                                  |
      0=====================================================================0
      |                           **[ Tier 3 ]**                            |
      0=====================================================================0
      | Adrenaline              | This provides a small temporary health    |
      |                         | boost that lasts just long enough to      |
      |                         | finish a mission.                         |
      |-------------------------+-------------------------------------------|
      | Flak Vest               | This piece of body armor will allow you   |
      |                         | to absorb 35% damage but you will lose it |
      |                         | the first time you change clothes.        |
      |-------------------------+-------------------------------------------|
      | Extra Mine              | This will permanently add an extra RU-AP  |
      |                         | Mine to your inventory.                   |
      0=====================================================================0
      |                           **[ Tier 4 ]**                            |
      0=====================================================================0
      | Cratt Schultz Lockpick  | This will speed up your Lockpicking by    |
      |                         | 50%.                                      |
      |-------------------------+-------------------------------------------|
      | Foil Padded Suitcase    | This upgrades your W2000 Sniper case and  |
      |                         | will keep it from being detected by metal |
      |                         | detectors.                                |
      0=====================================================================0
      |                           **[ Tier 5 ]**                            |
      0=====================================================================0
      | Flexible Flak Vest      | This piece of body armor will allow you   |
      |                         | to absorb 35% damage but, unlike the      |
      |                         | other body armor upgrades, it is          |
      |                         | permanent and fits all Outfits that you   |
      |                         | change into.                              |
      0=====================================================================0

0+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+0+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+0
| F. Non-Custom Collectible Weapons |~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~\
0+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+0+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+0

These are all of the weapons that you can collect throughout the game, a
total of twenty. You can play around with them at your Hideout afterwards
(with the exception of the Nailer).

To successfully collect a weapon it must either be on you, safely stored
inside a Weapons Crate, or inside your ICA Crate at the end of a mission. You
can bring in any of these weapons to use in another mission and leave it
behind without penalty.

All of these weapons must be collected for the "All Firearms Collected"
Accomplishment on the Xbox 360 and PS3 versions. If you wish to go after this
Accomplishment then it is best to do this on the Rookie difficulty level.

The information on each weapon and is broken down as follows (if applicable):

  --Missions: What missions the weapon appears in.
  --Based on: What real life weapon this is based on.
  --Magazine Capacity: How many rounds the magazine of the weapon holds.
  --Uses: What type of ammo the weapon uses.
  --Notes: Information on the weapon or item.

       <0+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+<<##0##>>+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+0>

0==============0
| Melee Weapons \
0===============================================>

  These weapons are unusual in that even though they fire projectiles they 
  are considered melee weapons.

    ++Nailer
      ======
        Missions: "Curtains Down"
                  "A New Life"
                  "Amendment XXV"
        Magazine Capacity: 50 rounds.
        Ammo Type: Nails.
        Notes: This nail gun doesn't do much damage and can be considered a 
               "fun" weapon to play with. It is the only weapon that is not 
               available at your Hideout.

    ++Air Rifle
      =========
        Missions: "A New Life"
        Based on: Beeman Break Barrel.
        Magazine Capacity: 1 round.
        Ammo Type: Darts/Tranquilizer.
        Notes: This is considered a melee weapon because of its non-lethal 
               nature. This weapon has a two level zoom mode and fires 
               Tranquilizer Darts to Sedate people from afar.

               Because of its small magazine you get only a couple of shots 
               when you bring it into a mission thus making it nearly 
               useless. The only way to have some real fun with this weapon 
               is if you play the PS2 version because you can use cheat discs 
               and have unlimited ammo enabled.

0========0
| Pistols \
0===============================================>

  These easily concealable weapons can take down people from a distance. 
  However, most of them tend to make a lot of noise which will attract 
  unwanted attention and all have some degree of recoil.

    ++SLP .40 Pistol
      ==============
        Missions: "Death of a Showman"
                  "Curtains Down"
                  "Flatline"
                  "A New Life"
                  "The Murder of Crows"
                  "You Better Watch Out..."
                  "A House of Cards"
                  "A Dance with the Devil"
                  "Amendment XXV"
        Based on: Heckler & Koch USP40.
        Magazine Capacity: 12 rounds.
        Ammo Type: .45 ACP.
        Notes: This is a basic pistol that can be easily found on most of the 
               missions and has decent accuracy and power.

    ++SLP .40 .S
      ==========
        Missions: "The Murder of Crows"
                  "A House of Cards"
        Based on: Heckler & Koch USP40.
        Magazine Capacity: 12 rounds.
        Ammo Type: .45 ACP.
        Notes: This is the exact same weapon as above but silenced. If you 
               need to bring in a pistol outside of your Silverballer then 
               this is a good choice because of its silenced nature and the 
               fact that its un-silenced cousin is the most common weapon in 
               the game allowing you to acquire lots of ammo if needed.

    ++Snub Nosed
      ==========
        Missions: "A Vintage Year"
                  "Death on the Mississippi"
        Based on: Smith & Wesson Model 686.
        Magazine Capacity: 6 rounds.
        Ammo Type: Pistol.
        Notes: This is a small snub-nosed revolver. It fires somewhat slowly 
               and has a longer reload than the SLP. 40 Pistol.

    ++Six Shooter
      ===========
        Missions: "...Till Death Do Us Part"
        Based on: Schofield Model 3.
        Magazine Capacity: 6 rounds.
        Ammo Type: Pistol.
        Notes: This is a longer barreled revolver. It fires a bit faster than 
               the Snub Nosed but has a much longer reload time.

    ++Desert Eagle
      ============
        Missions: "Death of a Showman"
                  "The Murder of Crows"
                  "Death on the Mississippi"
                  "A Dance with the Devil"
                  "Amendment XXV"
        Magazine Capacity: 9 rounds.
        Ammo Type: Magnum.
        Notes: This powerful pistol has solid stopping power and a decent 
               rate of fire.

    ++Bull .480
      =========
        Missions: "A New Life"
                  "Death on the Mississippi"
        Based on: Taurus Raging Bull.
        Magazine Capacity: 6 rounds.
        Ammo Type: Bull.
        Notes: This huge powerful revolver has solid stopping power but has a 
               slow rate of fire and slow reload.

0=================0
| Sub-Machine Guns \
0===============================================>

  These easily concealable weapons can clear out an area of bad guys in a 
  hurry.

    ++TMP
      ===
        Missions: "Death of a Showman"
                  "A Vintage Year"
                  "Flatline"
                  "You Better Watch Out..."
                  "A House of Cards"
        Based on: Steyr TMP.
        Magazine Capacity: 25 rounds.
        Ammo Type: SMG.
        Notes: This small machine pistol has decent stopping power and a 
               solid rate of fire.

    ++SAF SMG
      =======
        Missions: "A Vintage Year"
        Based on: FAMAE SAF.
        Magazine Capacity: 25 rounds.
        Ammo Type: SMG.
        Notes: This is almost the same weapon as your standard SMG Tactical 
               but cannot be upgraded.

    ++MP5
      ===
        Missions: "Curtains Down"
                  "A Dance with the Devil"
                  "Amendment XXV"
        Based on: MP5A2.
        Magazine Capacity: 25 rounds.
        Ammo Type: SMG.
        Notes: This is the exact same weapon as your SMG Tactical but cannot 
               be upgraded.

    ++MP7
      ===
        Missions: "A New Life"
                  "A Dance with the Devil"
        Based on: Heckler & Koch PDW/MP7 prototype.
        Magazine Capacity: 25 rounds.
        Ammo Type: SMG.
        Notes: This unusual looking one-handed machine pistol has a slower 
               rate of fire than the other sub-machine guns and has more 
               recoil.

    ++MP9
      ===
        Missions: "The Murder of Crows"
        Based on: Ruger MP9.
        Magazine Capacity: 25 rounds.
        Ammo Type: SMG.
        Notes: This unusual looking one-handed machine pistol has a slightly 
               faster rate of fire than the MP7 rate and has the same amount 
               of recoil.

0===============0
| Assault Rifles \
0===============================================>

  These large machine guns will be useful in medium to long distance 
  firefights but cannot be concealed.

    ++SG552
      =====
        Missions: "The Murder of Crows"
        Based on: SIG SG 552.
        Magazine Capacity: 20 rounds.
        Ammo Type: Rifle.
        Notes: This assault rifle has a good rate of fire and decent stopping 
               power.

    ++FN-2000
      =======
        Missions: "Death on the Mississippi"
                  "A Dance with the Devil"
        Based on: FN F2000.
        Magazine Capacity: 20 rounds.
        Ammo Type: Rifle.
        Notes: This unusual looking assault rifle has a better rate of fire 
               than the SG552 and has a little less recoil. Can usually be 
               found inside its own case for easier concealment.

    ++M14
      ===
        Missions: "Amendment XXV"
        Magazine Capacity: 20 rounds.
        Ammo Type: Rifle.
        Notes: This is a large assault rifle that fires one shot at a time. 
               But it has good stopping power and accuracy.

0=========0
| Shotguns \
0===============================================>

  These weapons are very powerful in close combat situations. However, they 
  are very noisy, weak in medium to long range combat, and cannot be 
  concealed.

    ++Shotgun
      =======
        Missions: "Death of a Showman"
                  "A Vintage Year"
                  "Death on the Mississippi"
                  "...Till Death Do Us Part"
        Based on: Remington 870.
        Magazine Capacity: 8 rounds.
        Ammo Type: Shotgun.
        Notes: This large shotgun fires slow and has an even slower reload.

0==============0
| Sniper Rifles \
0===============================================>

  These weapons are used to kill people from long distance. They are best 
  used when way out of sight distance so you don't get discovered when taking 
  down someone.

  Unlike with the previous "Hitman" games you can fire the Sniper Rifle like 
  a gun without going into Zoom Mode. You can even use it like this in 
  regular 1st Person Mode (and not have any recoil).

  To enter Zoom Mode you have to press the 1st Person Mode button twice. When 
  in Zoom Mode then use the D-Pad to go through the zoom levels. You will 
  notice that your scope will bob up and down. The more you sit still, the 
  more it will stabilize. This is important to know so you can make a good 
  shot at someones head.

    ++Dragunov
      ========
        Missions: "Death of a Showman"
                  "A Dance with the Devil"
        Based on: SVD Dragunov.
        Magazine Capacity: 10 rounds.
        Ammo Type: Sniper Rifle.
        Notes: This Russian made sniper rifle has a two level zoom and a 
               decent rate of fire.

    ++Kazo TRG
      ========
        Missions: "The Murder of Crows"
        Based on: Sako TRG-42.
        Magazine Capacity: 10 rounds.
        Ammo Type: Sniper Rifle.
        Notes: This sniper rifle has a one level zoom and fires very slowly 
               due to the fact that it is a bolt action rifle.

    ++Elephant Rifle
      ==============
        Missions: "...Till Death Do Us Part"
        Based on: Browning BAR Mk. II Safari.
        Magazine Capacity: 10 rounds.
        Ammo Type: Sniper Rifle.
        Notes: This sniper rifle has a two level zoom and fires faster than 
               the Dragunov.

0+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=0=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+0
| G. The Detonator Trick |~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~\
0+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=0=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+0

A reader named J Sasaki told me of a commonly known trick that will allow you
to acquire certain large weapons utilizing the Detonator used for your Mines.
When you hold a large weapon, such as a Sniper Rifle, then bring out your
Detonator which will holster the weapon in your left hand.

For some reason, as long as you have the Detonator out, you can walk around
with the weapon without being attacked or even generate any Witnesses - it's
like you are not holding the weapon at all. This makes it much easier to
obtain large un-concealable weapons.

When you get to a Weapons Crate then go back into your Inventory List and
bring out your large weapon, which will holster the Detonator, then Store the
weapon to save it.

0+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+0+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+0
| H. Non-Obtainable Weapons |~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~\
0+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+0+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+0

Listed in this sub-chapter are weapons that you will find in certain missions
that you cannot take back with you to add to your weapons collection:

0===========0
| Electrical \
0===============================================>

  ++Stun Gun
    ========
      Missions: "Flatline"
      Notes: The Stun Gun is a non-lethal weapon that will knock out a person 
             rather than kill him.

0=============0
| Blunt Object \
0===============================================>

  ++Baseball Bat
    ============
      Missions: "Death of a Showman"
                "A New Life"
      Notes: This is a standard wooden baseball bat that can take up to three 
             hits to kill somebody.

  ++Hammer
    ======
      Missions: "Death of a Showman"
                "A Vintage Year"
                "Curtains Down"
                "Requiem"
      Notes: This is a standard hammer that is best used from behind when 
             attacking.

  ++Screwdriver
    ===========
      Missions: "Curtains Down"
                "Requiem"
      Notes: This is a regular screwdriver that can be used like a knife. 
             Best used from behind so you can jam it in someones neck.

  ++Fire Extinguisher
    =================
      Missions: "Death of a Showman"
                "A Vintage Year"
                "Curtains Down"
                "Death on the Mississippi"
      Notes: This is used mainly for putting out fires but is more often used 
             as a powerful blunt force melee weapon.

  ++Shovel
    ======
      Missions: "Death on the Mississippi"
                "..Till Death Do Us Part"
                "Requiem"
      Notes: This is a large but somewhat weak weapon. Has an amusing kill 
             animation if you nail somebody from behind.

0=======0
| Bladed \
0===============================================>

  ++Kitchen Knife
    =============
      Missions: "Death of a Showman"
                "A Vintage Year"
                "A New Life"
                "The Murder of Crows"
                "You Better Watch Out..."
                "Death on the Mississippi"
                "...Till Death Do Us Part"
                "Amendment XXV"
                "Requiem"
      Notes: This is just a simple large kitchen knife that can be used to 
             slash somebody's throat from behind.

  ++Meat Cleaver
    ============
      Missions: "A Dance with the Devil"
      Notes: This is a large meat cleaver that can be used just as easily 
             against humans.

  ++Stiletto
    ========
      Missions: "A Dance with the Devil"
                "Requiem"
      Notes: This is a Solingen 420 stainless steel blade with Stag Horn 
             grip. This is used just like the Kitchen Knife.

  ++Hedge Cutter
    ============
      Missions: "A New Life"
                "Requiem"
      Notes: This is a large garden clipper that can be used for stabbing and 
             slashing people.

  ++Cane Sword
    ==========
      Missions: "A Dance with the Devil"
      Notes: This is a sword hidden within a cane. You acquire this by 
             killing Vaana Ketlyn up-close. For a sword it is not a terribly 
             powerful weapon.

0========0
| Pistols \
0===============================================>

  ++Real WWI Pistol
    ===============
      Missions: "Curtains Down"
      Based on: Lee Enfield No.4 Mk.I.
      Magazine Capacity: 9 rounds.
      Ammo Type: Mauser.
      Notes: This pistol is mainly used to be swapped out for a prop version 
             of the same weapon. Not very powerful but will still kill with a 
             headshot.

  ++Custom 1911
    ===========
      Missions: "Amendment XXV"
                "Requiem"
      Based on: Custom M1911.
      Magazine Capacity: 9 rounds.
      Ammo Type: Magnum.
      Notes: This is a customized variant of the Silverballer that is very 
             accurate and powerful enough to go through people and doors. Odd 
             that it is a pistol that you can't add to your weapons 
             collection.

0======0
| Other \
0===============================================>

  ++Lighter Fluid
    =============
      Missions: "A New Life"
      Notes: This is a bottle of flammable liquid that can be used to set up 
             an Accident with a barbecue grill.

  ++Bottle of Ether
    ===============
      Missions: "A New Life"
      Notes: This is normally used to sedate animals at the Vet Clinic where 
             this can be found but can also be used against humans.

After selecting your weapons then you will start the mission.....

            /=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=\
 /=========================================================================\
| >GEN10. The Main Screen                                                   |
 \=========================================================================/
            \=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=/

Your Main Screen is where all of the action in "Blood Money" take place.

In the center of your screen is Agent 47. You use the joypad (PS2, PS3, Xbox,
Xbox 360) or keyboard/mouse - Xpadder/joypad (PC) to move him around and
manipulate the camera.

In the lower left corner of the Main Screen is where your Health Bar (which
shows your current health) and the Threat Meter (which shows your threat
level) is displayed. Your available actions, along with the button icons
related to them, are displayed in the upper left corner of the screen.

In the lower right corner of the Main Screen is where your current weapon,
and ammo, will be displayed. When you have a weapon in your hand then you
will also see a Crosshair in the center of the screen. In the upper right
corner of the screen is your compass which tells you what direction you are
facing.

Now for a breakdown of some of these displays.....

            /=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=\
 /=========================================================================\
| >GEN11. Health Bar and Threat Meter                                       |
 \=========================================================================/
            \=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=/

The Health Bar represents your available health. When it disappears then you
will die.

You will get hurt when you are shot, hit, or fall from a great length. The
amount of health depleted depends on what weapon is being fired at you and
what part of your body is being hit. Being hit in the head or anywhere with a
powerful weapon will greatly damage or kill you outright.

The Threat Meter represents how much danger you are in. The threat levels are
based on color:

  >>Green
    *****
      If you are in disguise then you will go into the green range as you 
      pass by Civilians and Guards. As long as it remains green then you are 
      in good shape. You will automatically go green when a Guard finds a 
      dropped weapon.

  >>Yellow
    ******
      There are various reasons for going yellow. One reason is that you were 
      seen by someone doing something that you shouldn't be doing (like 
      dragging a body) and that this Witness will go to the Guards. This will 
      negatively impact your rating. Another reason is that a body was found 
      regardless of whether or not it was an Accident.

  >>Red
    ***
      When you go red and the music changes then this means that your cover 
      is blown and you will be attacked. Most times, if you blow you cover 
      and you kill the person who blew it, then your Threat Meter will go 
      yellow afterwards as people will become much more suspicious of you 
      regardless of your current activity.

            /=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=\
 /=========================================================================\
| >GEN12. The Map and Intel                                                 |
 \=========================================================================/
            \=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=/

This is the most important tool you have to help you in your missions. It
displays everything in real time (except at harder difficulty levels) on
every level of a Map. You will also see how everyone moves which will be
extremely useful in planning your attacks. There are multiple icons you will
see on your Map:

  >>Green
    *****
      This is your current position.

  >>Red (Pulsing)
    *************
      This is your current Target. There can be more than one.

  >>Orange
    ******
      This is an enemy. These are usually Guards.

  >>Gray
    ****
      These are innocent Civilians. They are harmless but if they see you 
      doing something suspicious then they will go to a nearby Guard or 
      Police to inform them of it.

  >>Blue
    ****
      These are Police. They are pretty much the same as a regular Guard.

  >>White
    *****
      This is a V.I.P. This person usually needs to be protected.

A circle with an X is a dead body. A pulsing yellow "!" symbol is known as a
Point of Interest. These marked places either contain a potentially useful
item or is a place where you can do a specific action. Your ICA Crate is
marked "ICA". A blue circle with a lightning symbol is a Power Switch.

       <0+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+<<##0##>>+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+0>

When you go into your Objectives screen during the mission then you have the
option of buying additional Intel to gain more information about your
surroundings. You can buy up to eight pieces of Intel and each one will cost
you $3,500.

            /=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=\
 /=========================================================================\
| >GEN13. The Inventory Menu                                                |
 \=========================================================================/
            \=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=/

To use any weapon or item you must first bring up the Inventory Menu. Select
the item or weapon you wish to use and Equip it to bring out the item and
leave the menu.

If you are using a weapon then you can Holster it by using the Holster
button. Just like with the previous "Hitman" games if you press the Holster
button again after holstering your weapon then you will bring out that weapon
again.

This will allow you quickly bring out a weapon for a quick attack. Bringing
out a weapon and quickly holstering it for an attack later in the mission is
known as "Prepping" the weapon.

            /=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=\
 /=========================================================================\
| >GEN14. Different Ways of Moving About                                    |
 \=========================================================================/
            \=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=/

Listed in this chapter are the different ways you can move about within
missions:

  >>Walking
    *******
      Moving the Left Analog Stick forward slightly will make 47 walk slowly.

  >>Speed Walking
    *************
      Speed Walking is something new to the "Hitman" games. If you move the 
      Left Analog Stick forward a little more then you will walk faster.

      On the Original Xbox version you really don't get a speed walk 
      animation. Instead you will get what I call a "slow motion" run 
      animation (very similar to the slow motion running used in the old '70s 
      television show "The Six Million Dollar Man").

  >>Running
    *******
      Move the Left Analog Stick more forward and 47 will run. On the PC 
      version you need to use the Run command in conjunction with the 
      Movement Keys. Unlike previous "Hitman" games you can run by Guards 
      without drawing their suspicions as long as you are properly disguised 
      (in restricted areas) or in your Suit. This will allow you to do 
      missions more quickly.

  >>Nudging
    *******
      This method involves moving yourself incrementally without going into 
      Sneak Mode. Quickly nudge the Left Analog Stick forward and you can 
      move a few pixels even though it looks like you are standing still. 
      This is beneficial to quickly get closer to something without risking 
      getting caught or to keep doors open.

  >>Sneaking
    ********
      I go over this a few chapters from now.

            /=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=\
 /=========================================================================\
| >GEN15. Observing Your Surroundings                                       |
 \=========================================================================/
            \=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=/

As you go about the mission then you will see both Guards, Civilians, and
Targets move about the area. The most important thing to know about this
game, as well as the other "Hitman" games, is that everybody moves in very
specific patterns.

It is very important to note these patterns as it can make the difference
between success and failure. When you first play a mission it is best to take
your time and observe everything so you can get the feel of how everybody
moves before doing anything of importance.

If any Civilian sees you doing something out of the ordinary, like moving a
body, then that person will become alarmed and go to alert the Guards or
Police. That Civilian will also become a Witness unless you kill him or her
by the end of the mission.

            /=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=\
 /=========================================================================\
| >GEN16. Standing                                                          |
 \=========================================================================/
            \=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=/
 
One of the most important actions you will take within the game is Standing.
By standing at specific places and at specific times then you will make it
easier to attack your victims or avoid people. Usually you will be standing
at or near the end of a person's patrol route. When that person stops in
front of you then you can attack him any way you please.

Here's an example:

  --"Stand by the window and wait for the Guard to stop by you."

When I say "Stand by the window" *DON'T* stand *EXACTLY* by the window. You
need to allow room for a person to stand in front of you. Put an imaginary
person in front of you as you stand by the window and make room for him. So,
when the Guard comes by, then he will stand right in front of you.

Sometimes you will be standing in an area that has very little room for
somebody else. This is not something to worry about since the game will warp
the approaching person either around or through you to allow him to get to
where he needs to go.

            /=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=\
 /=========================================================================\
| >GEN17. 1st and 3rd Person Modes                                          |
 \=========================================================================/
            \=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=/

Most of the game is played in 3rd Person but you can switch to 1st Person by
using the Right Analog Stick Button. When in 1st Person Mode then you can
sidestep left and right, something you can't do in 3rd Person. This is useful
when you need to tweak where you need to stand if you are trying to ambush
somebody.

In addition, wherever the camera is pointing when you are in 3rd Person Mode
is where you will face when you go into 1st Person Mode.

For example, you are standing behind somebody and your camera is pointing 180
degrees to look at a window. If you go into 1st Person Mode than you will
automatically look at the window. This is a great way of quickly turning 47
around or better aim where you want him to go.

            /=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=\
 /=========================================================================\
| >GEN18. Sneaking and Melee Attacks                                        |
 \=========================================================================/
            \=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=/

The overall goal of a given mission is to get close to your Target and kill
him with little fanfare as possible.

There are situations where you need to quietly dispose of someone that may
get in your way later. The quietest way to get rid of someone is to get
behind him and then use the Fiber Wire to take him down. If you do not wish
to kill him then use your Sedative or Pistolwhip him.

Entering Sneak Mode, which will make you crouch, will allow you to move about
slowly and silently. If you walk or run to a potential victim with your
weapon drawn then he may turn around before you can attack him and things can
go seriously wrong from there (or, at the very least, he may walk away which
may blow whatever timing you were relying on).

During the course of the guide you will see three specific Melee Attack
words: Sedate, Poison, and Wire. They pertain to certain methods of Melee
Attacks:

  >>Sedate
    ******
      This is the melee attack method I use as it will allow for the best 
      possible score. Below are the moves involved in the method:

        --Get close behind a target regardless of whether or not he is 
          moving.
        --Bring out your SEDATIVE.
        --Enter Sneak Mode and creep up on your target.
        --Attack your victim.

      When a person is Sedated then he will be out for the remainder of the 
      mission unless he is found and awakened by somebody.

  >>Poison
    ******
      This is the same method as above except you use the POISON.

  >>Wire
    ****
      This is if you wish to kill a target with the Fiber Wire. It uses the 
      same moves as the Sedative/Poison method described above.

As already noted, you can also use the Sedative and Poison to inject food and
drink so you can knock out or kill your victim from afar. Of course, there
are other ways of attacking your targets.....

            /=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=\
 /=========================================================================\
| >GEN19. Human Shields and Pistolwhipping                                  |
 \=========================================================================/
            \=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=/

One of the other things that you can do to someone is to take him as a Human
Shield. This action is very useful in getting out of tight situations and
getting people out of the way. Just about every mission in this guide has you
doing this action as well as other actions related to it.

The action of making a Human Shield is known as GRABBING (which is also
shorthanded to GRAB). To GRAB someone you need to do the following:

  --Sneak up on someone.
  --As you are Sneaking up then bring out either a Pistol, one-handed 
    Sub-Machine Gun, or Nailer.
  --Perform the action "Human Shield" when you get the prompt.

When you have Grabbed somebody (thus making a Human Shield) then your enemies
will not be able to fire on you without risking hitting your hostage.
However, they will fire on you if they can get a good angle on you without
hitting the hostage. Of course, this means that you can shoot your enemies
more easily since they will be very hesitant to fire back.

On higher difficulty levels the enemies may just fire on the both of you,
thus killing the hostage, so they can more easily go after you.

It is very important to note that when you Grab somebody they may make noise
("DON'T NOBODY SHOOT!", "Don't do anything stupid, pal!"). If there is
somebody nearby and they hear the hostage making noise then it will usually
result in a Civilian running to a Guard or a Guard coming out to attack you.

When you have a hostage there are three actions you can perform:

  >>Move
    ****
      This is where you move the both of you around, usually to a specified 
      location. It is about the same speed as dragging a body but you keep 
      the hostage conscious.

  >>Drop Body
    *********
      This will allow you to release the hostage harmlessly by throwing him 
      to the ground. However, if this is done at the top of a set of stairs 
      then you will throw him down it. If you do this by a railing then you 
      will throw him over it.

  >>Knock Victim Out
    ****************
      This will release the hostage but render him unconscious. This action 
      is also known as PISTOLWHIPPING (shorthanded to WHIPPING and WHIP). 
      Like the Sedative, Pistolwhipping a person will keep him out for the 
      remainder of the mission unless found and awakened.

      Unlike the Sedative, though, you have unlimited use of Pistolwhipping. 
      You can pretty much knock out everybody during a mission if you so 
      desire.

      As a result, Pistolwhipping is a powerful tool that will allow you to 
      safely get people out of the way so you can more easily attack your 
      Target.

Some examples of the terminology I just explained:

  --"Grab the Guard, move him to the Container, and Whip him."
  --"Sneak up behind the Civilian and Whip him."
  --"After Whipping the Guard then drag him behind the desk."

            /=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=\
 /=========================================================================\
| >GEN20. Punching, Stunning, and Disarming                                 |
 \=========================================================================/
            \=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=/

When unarmed you can Punch people out. Just go up to someone and use the Fire
Button to Punch him. Usually you start out with a headbutt then a small
flurry of punches before your victim goes down. However, this should always
be used as a last resort since, because you have to face your victim, that
person will become a Witness and your rating will suffer for it.

Your victim will remain unconscious for the remainder of the mission unless
found and awakened.

Sometimes, if the person is by a wall or railing, then you may end up
Stunning your victim if you try to attack from behind while unarmed. The
victim will remain standing but will be hunched over for a bit as he tries to
recover.

In addition to Punching, you can also Disarm a person who is carrying a
weapon. Quickly go up to him and use the Fire Button to grab the weapon and
smack him in the nose (although you can just grab the weapon without hitting
him on rare occasions). However, the weapon will discharge most of the time
when Disarming and this noise will attract more Guards to the action.

When a Guard is Disarmed then he will behave like a Civilian in that he will
either run or surrender (although sometimes he may pick up a nearby weapon
and resume attacking you).

            /=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=\
 /=========================================================================\
| >GEN21. Hiding Bodies, Twirling Bodies, and Found Bodies                  |
 \=========================================================================/
            \=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=/

After knocking out or killing a person then you should hide the body (unless
you are already in an isolated place). Get the prompt to Drag Body then drag
the body to wherever you need for it to go. Also be on the lookout for large
box-like objects. They are called Containers and are used for dumping bodies
out of view. They look like the following:

  --Crates
  --Trash Dumpsters
  --Freezers

Sometimes you need to put the body in a tight spot. To this end you can do
what I call Twirling. What you do is spin in place, in either direction,
while you have the body in your possession. It resembles what you do when
twirling spaghetti around a fork as the body spins around you. Then drop the
body when you have it in a favorable position.

Sometimes Guards and Civilians will find the body of someone you either
knocked out or killed. Your Threat Meter will go yellow as people run around
trying to find out what happened. This will usually result in the Guards
being more suspicious. In addition, the Guards will place the body in a Body
Bag and drag it back to the closest Guard Quarters or other secluded area.

In most cases, especially after an Accident, your Threat Meter will go back
to green (or nothing) once the body had been dragged to the Guards Quarters
(unless you were seen instigating the incident). At higher difficulty levels
then having a body found will result in a negative impact on your rating. But
there is one exception and that leads into.....

            /=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=\
 /=========================================================================\
| >GEN22. Accidents                                                         |
 \=========================================================================/
            \=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=/

Performing an Accident is another way of killing or knocking out people.
There are two types of Accidents you can perform:

  >>Pushing
    *******
      You push a person over a railing or down stairs. Just get up close 
      behind a person while unarmed and press Fire to push that person. You 
      do need to be right up against the victim or you may risk Stunning him 
      instead.

  >>Dropping
    ********
      You drop a large object onto the victim to kill him. This is mainly 
      done by placing an RU-AP Mine on a Winch that holds the object, like a 
      Chandelier, in the air. Then Detonate the Mine to destroy the Winch 
      which causes the object to drop onto the victim.

In most cases, when you perform an Accident, then the body will be found by
others.

However, because of the circumstances in which the body is found, then the
Guards will *NOT* become more suspicious (even though the game says they are)
because they believe the person died in a tragic accident instead of
murdered. This also means that your rating will not be hurt if the body is
found as the result of an Accident.

            /=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=\
 /=========================================================================\
| >GEN23. Disguises and Subterfuge                                          |
 \=========================================================================/
            \=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=/

In most missions you will need to get a disguise to enter restricted access
areas and get close to your Target. Usually this is done by killing or
knocking out a person and taking his clothes. As long as you do not do
anything out of the ordinary then you will be seen as a Guard or somebody
that is supposed to be there and you can move freely about. 

If any other Guards see the body of the dead or unconscious person you
switched clothes with then your disguise will become compromised and you will
be attacked on sight unless you change into another set of clothes before
revealing yourself.

Sometimes you will see Guards with weapons drawn. You can do the same but
only if the weapon is similar to the weapons the other Guards are carrying.

            /=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=\
 /=========================================================================\
| >GEN24. Closets and Elevators                                             |
 \=========================================================================/
            \=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=/

In many missions you will find large Closets. You can hide in these Closets
as you wait for certain things to happen (like a Target coming back into the
room). However, if you are seen going into a Closet then you will
automatically be attacked. The Closet will provide no protection from gunfire
so you will be a sitting duck.

If you have blown your cover and managed to safely hide in a Closet then you
will still be attacked as the Guards will eventually find you and shoot at
you (unless you manage to safely lose them first).

On some missions you can use Elevators. However, they are more than just
going up and down on them. In every Elevator there is an open Hatch on the
ceiling. Climb it to access the top of the Elevator.

The top of the Elevator is a good hiding place but it is more than that. You
also have the option of Strangling a person from above using the Hatch. Bring
out your Fiber Wire and stand at the edge of the Hatch. When a victim appears
under the Hatch then you will get the prompt to Strangle.

When you Strangle a person through the Hatch then you will also pull that
person up onto the roof of the Elevator which allows you to easily hide the
body.

            /=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=\
 /=========================================================================\
| >GEN25. Climbing, Jumping, and Entering Windows                           |
 \=========================================================================/
            \=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=/

Sometimes you need to climb up or down to get where you need to go. This can
be done by climbing Ladders and Trellis's that you may find during a mission.
Just go up to one and push up to climb up or pull back to climb down.

You may also need to jump across gaps. Just go up to the railing and move
forward to jump to the other side. There are also times that you need to go
through open windows. Go up to a window and move forward to go through it.

            /=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=\
 /=========================================================================\
| >GEN26. Weapon Boxes and Dropping Weapons                                 |
 \=========================================================================/
            \=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=/

As already noted the Weapon Boxes are where you can find additional weapons.
But the Box is more than that.

If a Guard finds a weapon on the ground then he will pick it up and take it
to the nearest Weapon Box to deposit it while your Threat Meter goes green.
Then he will go back to his original patrol pattern and your Threat Meter
will go back down.

This method, known as "Weapon Dropping", makes it a very effective way to
lure a Guard away from an area so you can do what needs to be done. This is
way more effective than using a Coin because you can make him move far away
from a given area.

Even better, you can use this to lure a Guard to a secluded Weapons Box so
you can attack him and take him down for the rest of the mission. When he
goes to bend down to put the weapon in the box then you can quickly bring out
your weapon and attack him.

However, this method only works on Guards - not Targets and Civilians. If
Targets or Civilians find the dropped weapon then they will pick it up and
keep it.

Although you can use your Syringes and RU-AP Mines to lure Guards to the
Weapons Box they are not recommended if you plan to attack the Guard there.
This is because the Guard will quickly drop the Syringe or Mine by the Box
and walk away before you can attack him.

Therefore you should only use Pistols and other guns for luring if you wish
to ambush a Guard at a Weapons Box. However, this method does have some
glitches.

If there are any weapons inside the Weapons Box then, when the Guard bends
down to place a weapon inside it, he will stand to the *RIGHT* of the Box and
appear to be placing the weapon on the floor. If there is an object to the
right of the Box then he will stand somewhere else close to the Box (usually
to the left of it).

To prevent this then you need to take all of the weapons out of the Box and
empty it. This will allow for the Guard to be in proper position when he
bends down.

If you knock out the first Guard and lure a second Guard to the same Box then
the Guard will *ALWAYS* stand to the right of the Box regardless of whether
or not the Box has been emptied beforehand. If you knock out the second Guard
and lure a third Guard to the same Box then the Guard will *ALWAYS* stand to
the *LEFT* of the Box.

In addition, weapons aren't the only things that the Guards will take to the
Weapons Box if found:

  >>Suitcases
  >>Briefcases
  >>Rifle Cases

            /=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=\
 /=========================================================================\
| >GEN27. Light Switches and Placing Items                                  |
 \=========================================================================/
            \=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=/

Another way to lure a person for easier attacking is the use of the Light
Switch. Most rooms have one and will plunge the room into darkness when
switched off. This will cause the other people inside to go to the Light
Switch, or to another one if there is more than one Switch inside a room, to
turn the lights back on.

When the victim goes to the Light Switch then you can attack him when he has
his back to you as he toggles the switch. It is important to note that you
cannot toggle the Light Switch in 1st Person Mode - it can only be done in
3rd Person.

When holding certain items, such as a Briefcase or large food items, then you
can place items inside it so you can smuggle them past certain checkpoints.
As you hold the noted item then you will see the Place Item prompt. Press the
button associated with the prompt to bring up what items you can place
inside. When you place an item inside a larger item then you can retrieve the
hidden item later with the same button.

            /=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=\
 /=========================================================================\
| >GEN28. Lockpicking                                                       |
 \=========================================================================/
            \=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=/

One particular action you can do in "Blood Money" is to pick open most locked
doors. One of the items you have in your inventory is the Lockpick. When you
get to a locked door then you will see the option to Pick Lock. Select it and
Agent 47 will begin to pick the lock.

However, this takes time during which you risk being seen, and/or possibly
heard, by a nearby Guard. So you must make sure that nobody is around before
you do any lockpicking. But, as noted, you can upgrade your Lockpick during
the course of the game which will speed up the process.

            /=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=\
 /=========================================================================\
| >GEN29. Firefights                                                        |
 \=========================================================================/
            \=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=/

Sometimes things go wrong and you end up having to shoot your way out. When
this happens then it is usually best to get into 1st Person Mode since it
more closely resembles standard first person shooting games and may make it
easier to deal with the situation.

It is also important to pick up weapons from dead enemies quickly since
Civilians and Guards can, and often will, pick up these weapons and fire back
at you.

            /=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=\
 /=========================================================================\
| >GEN30. In-Mission Saving                                                 |
 \=========================================================================/
            \=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=/

During the course of a mission you can save your game. The number of times
you can save your game is determined by the difficulty you selected (except
Professional difficulty because you can't save games at that level).

However, there are only three slots that you can save you game to. This means
that if you wish to save a fourth time then you will have to overwrite a
slot. In addition, they are *PLACEHOLDER* saves, not permanent ones. This
means that once the mission is completed then the saves will disappear.

One important thing to note about the saves: if you have a weapon Prepped,
such as the Sedative, and save the game then, when you reload this save, you
will automatically default to the Fiber Wire. To prevent this issue, if you
want to have a specific weapon Prepped, go to a secluded area, bring out the
weapon you want to have Prepped, then save the game. When you reload the save
then simply Holster the weapon to Prep it.

            /=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=\
 /=========================================================================\
| >GEN31. Your Rating                                                       |
 \=========================================================================/
            \=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=/

At the end of each mission you will be given your stats and a rating. It is
broken down into five pages:

0+=+=+=+=+=+=0=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+0
| A. Details |~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~\
0+=+=+=+=+=+=0=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+0

  >>Total Kills
    ***********
      Total number of people killed.

  >>Shots Fired
    ***********
      This is the number of shots you fired with a gun or rifle.

  >>Shots Hit
    *********
      How many of your shots hit your victims.

  >>Close Combat Kills
    ******************
      How many people you killed up close with a melee weapon or syringe. 
      Sometimes punching people may also be included so it is possible to 
      have more close combat kills than actual kills.

  >>Accidents
    *********
      How many Accidents you managed to perform.

  >>Bodies Found
    ************
      How many bodies were found by others.

  >>Covers Blown
    ************
      How many times your cover was blown during the mission.

  >>Witnesses
    *********
      How many people witnessed you doing something out of the ordinary.

  >>Caught On Camera
    ****************
      Tells you whether or not you were caught on camera.

0+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+0+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+0
| B. Notoriety Rating |~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~\
0+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+0+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+0

  >>Account Balance
    ***************
      How much total money you have.

  >>Noise
    *****
      Tells you how stealthy you were.

  >>Violence
    ********
      Tells you how violent you were in the mission.

  >>Mission Completion Time
    ***********************
      How much time it took you to complete the mission.

  >>Your Rating
    ***********
      Your rating for the mission. The best rating to acquire is Silent 
      Assassin.

  >>Your Notoriety
    **************
      What your current Notoriety is for the game so far. Does not apply to 
      Rookie difficulty.

0+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+0+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+0
| C. Money Earned |~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~\
0+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+0+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+0

  >>Account Balance
    ***************
      How much total money you have.

  >>Mission Rating
    **************
      Your rating for the mission. The best rating to acquire is Silent 
      Assassin.

  >>Objectives
    **********
      The money you made for completing your overall objectives.

  >>Rating Bonus
    ************
      How much additional money you gained based on your rating. The maximum 
      amount you can earn is $150,000 for a Silent Assassin rating.

  >>Damage Control
    **************
      The amount of money deducted for killing Civilians. The more you kill, 
      the more that is deducted. Does not apply to Rookie difficulty.

  >>Suit Retrieval
    **************
      When you start a mission then you will be in your standard Suit. One
      interesting feature to "Blood Money" is that you are encouraged to 
      finish the mission in your Suit or you will be charged $5,000 to have 
      it retrieved. Does not apply to Rookie difficulty.

  >>Custom Weapons Retrieval
    ************************
      The amount of money deducted for retrieving your custom weapons which 
      is $5,000 per weapon. Does not apply to Rookie difficulty.

  >>Total Mission Earnings
    **********************
      How much you earned in the mission.

  >>Total Account Balance
    *********************
      Your account balance at this point on the game.

0+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+0+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+0
| D. Lower Your Notoriety |~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~\
0+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+0+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+0

**NOTE: This does not apply to Rookie difficulty level.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  >>Bribe Civilians (Cost: $50,000)
    *******************************
      Locals who've seen or heard you will grow suddenly forgetful. Potential 
      witnesses will think twice about speaking up. Bribing Civilians lowers 
      your Notoriety a little (15 Points).

  >>Bribe Chief of Police (Cost: $100,000)
    **************************************
      The local Chief of Police will ensure that incriminating evidence is 
      accidentally misplaced. The investigation will become choked with red 
      tape. Bribing Police reduces your Notoriety significantly (40 Points).

  >>Acquire New Identity (Cost: $200,000)
    *************************************
      Government and law enforcement records will be wiped. Witnesses will 
      disappear. For practical purposes you will simply cease to exist. 
      Acquiring a new identity will reset your Notoriety Rating (up to 100 
      Points).

0+=+=+=+=+=+=+=0=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+0
| E. Newspaper |~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~\
0+=+=+=+=+=+=+=0=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+0

Here you will see a local newspaper with a front page article that goes over
the mission. It will display your rating and certain actions that you did
during the mission. It will also include often humorous side stories.

One annoying thing about this feature is that even if you killed all of your
Targets in Accidents it is not reported as such. You get "Silent Assassin
Wanted by Police" instead of "So-And-So Dies in Tragic Fall Down Stairs".

            /=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=\
 /=========================================================================\
| >GEN32. Game Saving, Continuing, and Replaying Missions                   |
 \=========================================================================/
            \=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=/

After looking over your rating and newspaper then Continue to move forward.
You can save your progress and go to the next mission or quit. Any weapon you
acquired during a mission will be permanently added to your collection at the
Hideout.

When you Quit a current mission then you can replay a previously completed
mission to improve your rating for that mission or to acquire more weapons.
When replaying a mission then you can use any weapon, as well as new weapon
upgrades, you have acquired to that point. This will allow you to try new
tactics or to just have some fun rampaging through a mission.

            /=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=\
 /=========================================================================\
| >GEN33. Xbox 360 and PS3 Accomplishments List                             |
 \=========================================================================/
            \=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=/

Listed in this chapter are all of the Accomplishments that can be acquired
for the Xbox 360 and PS3 versions of "Blood Money".

Now, for the sake of terminology and to lessen confusion within this guide,
Accomplishments are what are known as Achievements on the Xbox 360 version
and Trophies on the PS3 version. To those who do not know, Achievements and
Trophies can be considered a different kind of scoring system. Each Xbox 360
game has 1000 Achievement Points that can be obtained.

However, the PS3 Trophies do not have a point system attached to them
although the numbers of Trophies attained can be considered a way of keeping
score (as well as add some kind of experience points in the PlayStation
Network system). In addition, the Trophies are split into Bronze, Silver,
Gold, and Platinum classes.

Some Accomplishments can be acquired by simply playing through the game.
Others can be obtained by doing certain objectives outside of normal
gameplay. To many gamers this adds to the replay value of each game and gives
them bragging rights on Xbox Live or PlayStation Network where these scores
are posted.

One annoyance to Accomplishments is that, depending on the game, they are
split between Single Player and Multiplayer modes. So, if you do not have the
necessary connections to get on-line, then you most likely cannot get into
multiplayer matches to obtain the Multiplayer Accomplishments.

Thankfully, "Blood Money" is *NOT* one of these split Accomplishment games
because it is strictly single player.

The Accomplishments listed are broken down into Visible, Secret, and PS3
Specific sections.

0+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=0=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+0
| A. Visible Accomplishments |~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~\
0+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=0=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+0

  >>1st Mission Complete
    ********************
      Description: "Death of a Showman" completed on any difficulty.
      Xbox 360 Achievement Points: 25 GS.
      PlayStation 3 Trophy Class: Bronze.

  >>5 Normal Silent Assassins
    *************************
      Description: 5 Silent Assassin ratings awarded on the Normal 
                   difficulty.
      Xbox 360 Achievement Points: 25 GS.
      PlayStation 3 Trophy Class: Bronze.

  >>5 Expert Silent Assassins
    *************************
      Description: 5 Silent Assassin ratings awarded on the Expert 
                   difficulty.
      Xbox 360 Achievement Points: 50 GS.
      PlayStation 3 Trophy Class: Gold.

  >>5 Professional Silent Assassins
    *******************************
      Description: 5 Silent Assassin ratings awarded on the Professional 
                   difficulty.
      Xbox 360 Achievement Points: 100 GS.
      PlayStation 3 Trophy Class: Gold.

  >>All Firearms Collected
    **********************
      Description: All firearms collected and displayed in Hideout.
      Xbox 360 Achievement Points: 100 GS.
      PlayStation 3 Trophy Class: Gold.

  >>Expert Mode Complete
    ********************
      Description: Completed Expert difficulty.
      Xbox 360 Achievement Points: 75 GS.
      PlayStation 3 Trophy Class: Gold.

  >>Fully Customized M4
    *******************
      Description: All custom M4 components purchased.
      Xbox 360 Achievement Points: 25 GS.
      PlayStation 3 Trophy Class: Bronze.
      Notes: There is a simple trick to this Accomplishment and I will cover 
             that in the mission "A New Life".

  >>Fully Customized Silverballers
    ******************************
      Description: All custom Silverballers components purchased.
      Xbox 360 Achievement Points: 25 GS.
      PlayStation 3 Trophy Class: Bronze.
      Notes: There is a simple trick to this Accomplishment and I will cover 
             that in the mission "A New Life".

  >>Fully Customized SMG Tactical
    *****************************
      Description: All custom SMG Tactical components purchased.
      Xbox 360 Achievement Points: 25 GS.
      PlayStation 3 Trophy Class: Bronze.
      Notes: There is a simple trick to this Accomplishment and I will cover 
             that in the mission "A New Life".

  >>Fully Customized SP12 Shotgun
    *****************************
      Description: All custom Shotgun components purchased.
      Xbox 360 Achievement Points: 25 GS.
      PlayStation 3 Trophy Class: Bronze.
      Notes: There is a simple trick to this Accomplishment and I will cover 
             that in the mission "A New Life".

  >>Fully Customized W2000 Sniper
    *****************************
      Description: All custom W2000 components purchased.
      Xbox 360 Achievement Points: 25 GS.
      PlayStation 3 Trophy Class: Bronze.
      Notes: There is a simple trick to this Accomplishment and I will cover 
             that in the mission "A New Life".

  >>Normal Mode Complete
    ********************
      Description: Completed Normal difficulty.
      Xbox 360 Achievement Points: 50 GS.
      PlayStation 3 Trophy Class: Gold.

  >>Professional Mode Complete
    **************************
      Description: Completed Professional difficulty.
      Xbox 360 Achievement Points: 150 GS.
      PlayStation 3 Trophy Class: Gold.

  >>Rookie Mode Complete
    ********************
      Description: Completed Rookie difficulty.
      Xbox 360 Achievement Points: 25 GS.
      PlayStation 3 Trophy Class: Bronze.

  >>Silent Assassin
    ***************
      Description: A Silent Assassin rating has been awarded.
      Xbox 360 Achievement Points: 25 GS.
      PlayStation 3 Trophy Class: Bronze.

  >>Tier 2 Kruger Schmidt
    *********************
      Description: Tier 2 of the Kruger Schmidt upgrade shop unlocked.
      Xbox 360 Achievement Points: 5 GS.
      PlayStation 3 Trophy Class: Bronze.
      Notes: Although you unlock Tier 2 after successful completion of 
             "Curtains Down" you won't get the Accomplishment until after 
             completion of the mission "Flatline".

  >>Tier 3 Kruger Schmidt
    *********************
      Description: Tier 3 of the Kruger Schmidt upgrade shop unlocked.
      Xbox 360 Achievement Points: 15 GS.
      PlayStation 3 Trophy Class: Bronze.
      Notes: Although you unlock Tier 3 after successful completion of 
             "Flatline" you won't get the Accomplishment until after 
             completion of the mission "The Murder of Crows".

  >>Tier 4 Kruger Schmidt
    *********************
      Description: Tier 4 of the Kruger Schmidt upgrade shop unlocked.
      Xbox 360 Achievement Points: 20 GS.
      PlayStation 3 Trophy Class: Bronze.
      Notes: Although you unlock Tier 4 after successful completion of "The 
             Murder of Crows" you won't get the Accomplishment until after 
             completion of the mission "Death on the Mississippi".

0+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+0+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+0
| B. Secret Accomplishments |~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~\
0+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+0+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+0

  >>47 Kills
    ********
      Description: A mission has been completed with precisely 47 kills.
      Xbox 360 Achievement Points: 20 GS.
      PlayStation 3 Trophy Class: Bronze.
      Notes: The mission "Curtains Down" is a good level to acquire this 
             Accomplishment because there are more than 47 people to kill and 
             it is early on in the game.

  >>Accidents Do Happen...
    **********************
      Description: A successful accident kill has been performed.
      Xbox 360 Achievement Points: 20 GS.
      PlayStation 3 Trophy Class: Bronze.

  >>High Roller
    ***********
      Description: $5,000,000 has been accumulated.
      Xbox 360 Achievement Points: 50 GS.
      PlayStation 3 Trophy Class: Gold.
      Notes: Depending on how you play you may get this Accomplishment as 
             early as the completion of the mission "You Better Watch Out..."

  >>Notorious
    *********
      Description: 47 is the world's most wanted.
      Xbox 360 Achievement Points: 50 GS.
      PlayStation 3 Trophy Class: Gold.
      Notes: You need to max out your Notoriety Score. To do this you need to 
             rampage your way through missions. Since you cannot do this in 
             the Rookie difficulty level then the best difficulty to do this 
             is on Normal.

             Basically you need to kill Guards and let yourself be seen by 
             many Witnesses while doing so. Spare the Civilians to max out 
             the number of Witnesses. You also need to let yourself be filmed 
             if there are any cameras about. Do *NOT* spend any money to 
             lower your Notoriety.

             If you start with the mission "A Vintage Year" and do everything 
             correctly then you should have this Accomplishment at the end of 
             "Curtains Down". Another option is to wait until the missions 
             "....Till Death Do Us Part" and "A House of Cards" because you 
             can get a lot of Notoriety easily.

  >>Redemption
    **********
      Description: You can't keep a good man down.
      Xbox 360 Achievement Points: 50 GS.
      PlayStation 3 Trophy Class: Gold.
      Notes: You need to successfully complete the last mission, "Requiem", 
             on any difficulty level.

  >>Special Rating
    **************
      Description: A Special Rating has been awarded.
      Xbox 360 Achievement Points: 20 GS.
      PlayStation 3 Trophy Class: Bronze.
      Notes: You get this Accomplishment by acquiring a Special Rating. The 
             following list was obtained from HitmanForums.com:

               --Needle Pumper
               --The Russian Hare
               --Insurance Agent
               --Pianoman
               --Garrotteer
               --Insane Florist
               --Sushi Chef
               --King of the Jungle
               --Prince of Darkness
               --Beelzebub
               --Swashbuckler
               --Dr. Death
               --Skull Splitter
               --Raging Bluecollar
               --Frenzied Firefighter
               --Evil Eye Gouger
               --Murderous Manicurist
               --Slugger
               --Electrocute

             Most of these are based on using certains weapons exclusively 
             during a mission. The ones that I feel are easiest to obtain are 
             the "Garroteer" and "Evil Eye Gouger" and I cover that more into 
             detail in the "Curtains Down" mission.

0+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+0+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+0
| C. PS3 Specific Accomplishments |~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~\
0+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+0+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+0

  >>Perfect Assassin
    ****************
      Description: Unlock all Trophies.
      PlayStation 3 Trophy Class: Platinum.

            /=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=\
 /=========================================================================\
| >GEN34. Mission Breakdown                                                 |
 \=========================================================================/
            \=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=/

Each Mission listed is broken into eight parts:

0=========0
| Overview \
0=======================================================>

  A detailed overview of the mission.

0===================0
| Mission Objectives \
0=======================================================>

  A general listing of your mission objectives.

0=======0
| Reward \
0=======================================================>

  The maximum amount of money you can earn in the mission. This includes the 
  maximum amount of your Rating Bonus of $150,000 for acquiring a Silent 
  Assassin rating plus addition funds from acquiring certain items or killing 
  additional Targets.

0========0
| Weapons \
0=======================================================>

  This is the listing of all of the collectible weapons that you will find in 
  the mission. There will also be notes on acquiring them. This guide is 
  designed to help you obtain every weapon in the game even though there is 
  no special bonus for doing so except in the Xbox 360 and PS3 versions where 
  you can acquire the "All Firearms Collected" Accomplishment.

0==============0
| General Notes \
0=======================================================>

  Some general notes about the entire mission that includes tips and 
  observations.

       <0+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+<<##0##>>+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+0>

0========0
| The Map \
0=======================================================>

  This section goes over the entire mission Map, as done on the Rookie 
  difficulty level, and points out Points of Interests (which I sometimes 
  shorthand to "PoI") and Guard/Civilian placements.

0======0
| Intel \
0=======================================================>

  This lists all of the Intel for the mission that you would have to pay 
  $3,500 apiece for.

       <0+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+<<##0##>>+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+0>

0====================0
| Mission Walkthrough \
0=======================================================>

  This is the walkthrough for the mission at hand. It is designed to help you 
  get a Silent Assassin rating in the best and easiest way possible while 
  finishing the mission on the Professional difficulty level.

  In my other "Hitman" guides I made them for the Normal difficulty level 
  but, because of the difficulty based Accomplishments for the Xbox 360 and 
  PS3 versions, I am honing this guide toward the Professional level instead.

  Play the mission on the Rookie difficulty and get the hang of how 
  everything I have written is done while taking advantage of the unlimited 
  saves and easier gameplay. Then play through the mission again on Normal, 
  Expert, and Professional difficulty. This will make it easier to obtain the 
  four difficulty based Accomplishments.

  These strategies will also work on the PS2, Original Xbox, and PC versions.

  Each strategy presented has the following parameters:

  >>Clean Score
    ***********
      With the exception of Total Kills, Close Combat Kills, and Accidents 
      all Stats on the Detail page of your Rating will have zeros and no 
      shots fired (except for the first and last missions, of course).

  >>No Outside Weapons
    ******************
      With the exception of Pistols that should be brought in for 
      Pistolwhipping in the early part of a mission I have written these 
      strategies to use your standard items plus weapons that can be found 
      during a mission.

  >>Weapon Collecting
    *****************
      All of these strategies are designed to help you acquire all of the 
      collectible weapons within the game. Some are easier to collect than 
      others. There are some weapons that are harder to obtain and I have 
      outlined ways to get them.

  >>No Unnecessary Casualties
    *************************
      Even though you can perform Accidents on Civilians and Guards I prefer 
      to leave them alive by either avoiding them or incapacitating them 
      instead. This helps in earning a Silent Assassin rating.

  >>All Optional Objectives Completed
    *********************************
      Some of the missions will have objectives that are optional and can be 
      skipped. But you will lose out on additional funds if you don't go 
      after them so I will cover how to do them.

  >>Finishing With Your Suit
    ************************
      Since you will be penalized for leaving your Suit behind each strategy 
      will allow you to put your Suit in the safest place possible so you can 
      go back to it at the end of a mission and leave with it.

While there may be faster, but riskier, methods out there to finish these
missions I prefer a more steady, methodical approach to ensure complete and
total success.

With that explained, I will now finally move on to the story.....

  /==++====++==\                                             /==++====++==\
 /==++====++====++====++====++====<<##0##>>====++====++====++====++====++==\
| >AFS2. The Story Continues.....                                           |
 \==++====++====++====++====++====<<##0##>>====++====++====++====++====++==/
  \==++====++==/                                             \==++====++==/

As the story begins the camera pans out into an amusement park. Eventually we
see a large ferris wheel. But something goes terribly wrong and the ferris
wheel comes apart dumping gondolas full of people onto the ground below. As
this scene fades out we see a wall covered with newspaper clippings of the
incident.

These articles also go over the trial of the person responsible for the
amusement park, Joseph Clarence (aka "Swing King"). As the scene continues we
listen to sound clippings from the proceedings. In the end Joseph Clarence is
cleared of all charges and is freed. The camera pans down onto a picture of a
teenager who was killed in the accident.

The verdict does not sit well with the boy's father who sits at his desk
contemplating what to do. He then decides to place an order with the ICA who
sends out Agent 47 to deal with Joseph.....

   0=+=+=+=+0
  / Training \
 /+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+\
| >BDM1. "Death of a Showman"                                               0
 \+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+/
                                                               \ Training /
                                                                0+=+=+=+=0

This is nothing more than a training mission. You are pretty much told what
to do even though you can do anything you want. This mission has just about
every situation you may encounter in the game. You are also not scored for
this mission. It should be noted that even though this is a training mission
you can still be killed.

Any weapons you carry on you cannot be brought back. However, that doesn't
mean you can't collect them.

There are two ICA Crates - one before Joseph's office and one on the walkway
after his office. In order to bring back the weapons from this mission you
must place them in the *SECOND* ICA Crate (the one after Joseph's office).
They can't be brought back if they are placed in the first crate.

Now for the list of weapons:

  >>SLP. 40 Pistol
    **************
      Carried by all of the Guards and one inside the room with the Baking 
      Soda Crate.

  >>TMP
    ***
      In a small white box in the pile of junk near where you encounter the 
      first pair of Guards (with 691 rounds), in the Restroom past the Drug 
      Lab, and on one of the tables in Scoop's den.

  >>Shotgun
    *******
      In the first room after climbing up the Red Trellis.

  >>Dragunov
    ********
      In the first room after climbing up the ladder past the Restroom.

  >>Desert Eagle
    ************
      Carried by Scoop and on one of the tables in Scoop's den.

Best thing to do is to play all the way through to Scoop's Den at the end of
the level, killing everybody you come across with the TMP, then kill Scoop
and all of the nearby Guards. Then go back and collect the weapons, place
them into the second ICA Crate, and finish the mission.

When you are done with this training mission then you are sent to your
Hideout. This run down place is what you call home.

It also contains a crude target practice area where you can play around with
your weapons including the ones you just collected from the previous mission
(and where you will find those you will collect during the game - with the
exception of the Nailer).

When you are done then head to the door to begin the main portion of the
game.....

            /=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=\
 /=========================================================================\
| >BDM2. Present Day                                                        |
 \=========================================================================/
            \=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=/

A car drives up to a gated house. The driver approaches the front door and is
let in by a bodyguard. The guest is a reporter, Rick Henderson. He is at this
house to interview former FBI director Leland "Jack" Alexander who has been
confined to a wheelchair due to some past injury.

Rick wants to start off the interview by talking about the Presidential
Attack and Jack's career. But Jack intervenes by telling him that he is
giving him the "scoop of the century" and that he didn't let on before
because he didn't want a potential leak.

Rick is skeptical but Jack implores him to read one of the folders on his
desk.....

   0=+=+=0
  / Chile \
 /+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+\
| >BDM3. "A Vintage Year"                                                   0
 \+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+/
                                                                  \ Chile /
                                                                   0=+=+=0

0=========0
| Overview \
0=======================================================>

  The date: February 28, 2004.

  47's mission is to infiltrate a vineyard in Chile and take down Don 
  Fernando Delgado and his son Manuel Delgado. Don is a former retired 
  Colonel who runs a well-respected vineyard. However, the vineyard is a 
  front for his true business - drug trafficking. Manuel is also part of the 
  business so he is to be taken down as well.

  There is going to a party which is a celebrity unveiling of Delgado's new 
  wine label. This will provide a good cover.

0===================0
| Mission Objectives \
0=======================================================>

  >>Kill Don Fernando Delgado.
  >>Kill Manuel Delgado.
  >>Escape the Vineyard.

0=======0
| Reward \
0=======================================================>

  Objectives: $400,000.
  Rating Bonus: $150,000.
  Total: $550,000.

0========0
| Weapons \
0=======================================================>

  >>Shotgun
    *******
      Carried by the regular Guards plus inside the Weapons Box on the 
      following floors:

        --Hacienda, 1st Floor (Guard Room)
        --Guard House (Guards Quarters)

  >>Snub Nosed
    **********
      Carried by the white shirted VIP Guards and Don Fernando Delgado.

  >>SAF SMG
    *******
      Carried by the VIP Guards plus inside the Weapons Box on the 
      following floors:

        --Hacienda, 1st Floor (Guard Room)
        --Guard House (Guards Quarters)

  >>TMP
    ***
      Carried by Manuel Delgado.

  ++Notes
    *****
      Two new weapons and both can be easily acquired.

0==============0
| General Notes \
0=======================================================>

  Not a terribly hard one to figure out. Although you can blow up a Winch and 
  cause a pallet of barrels to fall on Manuel I chose not to do that because 
  of the potential of noise and unnecessary casualties.

  Although you can climb up a pipe to gain access to the 2nd Floor I felt 
  that there was too many people to keep track of, especially at Professional 
  difficulty, to safely be able to climb it without being seen.

  But I came up with a way to lure one of the VIP Guards to the Weapons Box 
  in the Guard Room within the Hacienda to easily get him out of the way so I 
  could safely get to Don Fernando Delgado.

       <0+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+<<##0##>>+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+0>

0========0
| The Map \
0=======================================================>

  There are six levels to the map:

    >>Hangar
    >>Guard House
    >>Wine Cellar
    >>Hacienda, 2nd Floor
    >>Hacienda, 1st Floor
    >>Outside

  The Outside Map is where you start. There are five Point of Interests. The 
  first one, southeast of the Wine Cellar, is a group of boxes you can use to 
  climb the wall, The second one, to the east is a pipe that can be climbed 
  up to reach the second floor of the Hacienda.

  The third PoI, at the east side of the Hacienda, is another pipe you can 
  use to climb to the second floor. The fourth one, to the north of that, is 
  a junked truck you can use to climb up to the roof of a building. The last 
  one, to the northwest of that, is a low section of wall that you can use to 
  climb or snipe over.

  Your ICA Crate is at the west side of the Outside area. The Hangar has your 
  Exit Point. The Guard House has a Power Switch and Guards Quarters where 
  you can find some weapons and ammo. The Wine Cellar has one Point of 
  Interest which is the secret door that leads into the Drug Lab.

  The Hacienda, 2nd Floor has one Point of Interest which is a window you can 
  use to enter from outside. The Hacienda, 1st Floor has two Point of 
  Interests. The first, on the left is a Guard Room that has a VIP Guard 
  Outfit plus weapons and ammo. The second, on the right, is a Weapons Crate 
  where you can store your weapons.

0======0
| Intel \
0=======================================================>

  >>The guided tour of the Wine Cellar might prove useful, especially when 
    looking for potential death traps.

  >>We've heard that Manuel likes to entertain friends and enjoy the 
    merchandise in the Wine Cellar.

  >>The entrance to the secret lab is hidden somewhere in the Wine Cellar.

  >>The insides are guarded by highly trained Guards.

       <0+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+<<##0##>>+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+0>

0====================0
| Mission Walkthrough \
0=======================================================>

  For this particular strategy a Pistol is required at the start. Use either 
  your Silverballer or the SLP .40 Pistol acquired from the previous mission.

  When you start the mission then you will be at the north end of the Outside 
  area. Run east until you get out of view of the stationary Guard then run 
  until you reach the northeast corner of the facility.

  When you turn the corner then continue running. There will be a Guard you 
  will pass as you continue south towards the fence at the cliff edge. When 
  you get to the fence then head west toward the Hacienda. Near the Hacienda 
  there is a break in this fence that will lead you to a narrow path that 
  goes down to the Hangar.

  Run down the pathway until you get to the bottom. When you get to the 
  bottom then you will see a Worker standing there ahead of you. You can 
  push him into the water, which will kill him in an Accident, but the best 
  thing to do is to Sneak up on him, Grab him, pull him back to the end of 
  the path, and Whip him.

  Then take his clothes which will leave your Suit in a safe place near the 
  path. This will also make it easier in regards to entering the Hangar area.

  After taking care of this Worker then go up against the stone wall and look 
  inside the Hangar. Stay out of sight of the VIP Guard who is standing way 
  ahead of you. Eventually another Worker will appear and stand near some 
  barrels. Then he will head back into the Elevator he came from. Once he 
  disappears into the Elevator then make your move.

  Sneak up behind the VIP Guard, Grab him, move him over to the large box 
  just northeast of you, and Whip him. It should be noted that he can go over 
  to the large box as part of his patrol route but he won't do that most 
  times.

  When you have knocked out the VIP Guard then change into his VIP Guard 
  Outfit, grab his SAF SMG, and Prep your Pistol again. Now head to the 
  barrels where the other Worker was standing before and get close enough to 
  the Hammer to get the prompt to pick it up but don't take it (at least not 
  yet - if you want it).

  When the Worker comes back down the Elevator then wait for him to stand in 
  front of you and Whip him (and take the Hammer if you want). This will keep 
  him from causing any problems later. After dealing with this Worker then 
  enter the Elevator and go through the Drug Lab and the secret door that 
  goes into the Wine Cellar. In this part of the Wine Cellar you will see two 
  large circular rooms - with a Guard in each.

  If you have done everything correctly then you should see Manuel heading 
  towards you to enter the Drug Lab. Turn left and stand in the south part of 
  the south circular room. You're going to be waiting for awhile so take the 
  time to look around.

  The Guard that stands in the north circular room will stand against the 
  central pillar for awhile then head to the west entrance for a bit. Then he 
  will head to the room west of the two circular rooms. After standing for a 
  bit inside this room then he will head east toward the south circular room 
  and then north to his original position.

  The Guard that stands at the south circular room has a very short pattern - 
  he stands at the west entrance of the room then moves over to the wine tub 
  for a bit before he goes back.

  To the north you will see a pair of Civilians - a couple who happen to be 
  making out too much to cause any problems. Every so often a large group of 
  Civilians will come down to tour the Wine Cellar but you should have 
  everything you need to do done before they come down.

  With that explained, let's proceed:

  Wait for Manuel to leave the Drug Lab and head to the room directly west of 
  your position to snort some product. The Guard for the north circular room 
  should be heading in your direction as he heads back to his post. Walk to 
  the central pillar and wait for the Guard to pass you by. The other Guard 
  should be standing at the wine tub at this point.

  Walk to the west entrance of this room and wait for the Guard to return and 
  stand here. Don't do anything yet. Wait for Manuel to leave and get out of 
  view then Whip the Guard. Then drag his body southwest and behind the large 
  wine tub. This will keep him out of view but *DON'T* pick up his Shotgun.

  Now head to the room that Manuel was in. You should see a large wooden 
  table with a short white line on it. This is the product he snorts. At the 
  north side of the room behind a group of barrels is a large Container. Prep 
  your Poison and stand at the table by the white line. The north Guard will 
  come towards your position but will notice the dropped Shotgun.

  He will then pick up the Shotgun and head to the Guard House to drop it 
  off. This will get him out of the way long enough for you to do what you 
  need to do. When Manuel comes back to snort some more then Poison him, grab 
  his TMP (if you want), and drag him to the Container to dispose of him. 
  That's one objective down.

  After this then go back through the Drug Lab, past the Elevator, and head 
  up the stairs to the first floor of the Hacienda. The next goal is the 
  Guard Room at the west side of the first floor. When you go through the 
  door at the top of the stairs then turn right to find the door that leads 
  into the hallway. Open the door.

  You should see a VIP Guard in this hallway. Head towards the west end of 
  this hallway (passing the Guard as you do so) and enter the Guard Room. 
  Inside you will find a Weapons Box with plenty of weapons and a sleeping 
  VIP Guard. Grab a Shotgun then leave the Guard Room and go to the main 
  staircase in the center of this floor.

  Go up the stairs on the east side of this area about halfway up and stop. 
  Near the top of the stairs, by a double door, is a stationary VIP Guard. In 
  the hallway at the top of the stairs is a patrolling VIP Guard who will go 
  east and west along it and stop for a short time when he gets to an end.

  Most of the doors are locked and need to be picked. Of course, you cannot 
  be seen by a Guard as you pick the lock. So the plan is to lure the 
  stationary VIP Guard away from the door by dropping the Shotgun.

  At Professional difficulty it is best to stand halfway up the stairs or you 
  will risk your Threat Meter going into the yellow because of the stationary 
  VIP Guard.

  Wait for the patrolling VIP Guard to go left past the top of the stairs 
  then head up. When you get to the top of the stairs then drop the Shotgun 
  which will cause the stationary VIP Guard to pick it up and go to the 
  Weapons Box to drop it off.

  After that then walk east past the patrolling Guard then stop at the door 
  at the end of the hallway. The Guard will look at you as you pass him then 
  head west again. Wait for him to get near the stairs then Pick the Lock to 
  enter the next room but stay near the door.

  Don will play his Cello in this room then head into the central room to 
  stand outside for a bit before heading back inside. Then he will go over to 
  the sleeping Guard and then sip some wine before heading back to his Cello.

  Although you can push him over the railing when he stands outside I prefer 
  to kill him when he is playing his Cello so I can acquire the Snub Nosed 
  Pistol.

  Sneak over to him while he is playing and kill him (Poison, Wire, Hammer) 
  then grab his Pistol. This will complete your last objective other than 
  escaping.

  If you did not get a Shotgun from the mission "Death of a Showman" then go 
  back to the Guard Room to grab the Shotgun then store it inside the Weapon 
  Crate at the east side of the 1st Floor.

  From here, head back down to the Drug Lab the same way you came then take 
  the Elevator down to the Hangar. Change back into your Suit and walk past 
  the sleeping Guard to your Exit Point to successfully complete the mission.

   0=+=+=+0
  / France \
 /+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+\
| >BDM4. "Curtains Down"                                                    0
 \+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+/
                                                                 \ France /
                                                                  0+=+=+=0

0=========0
| Overview \
0=======================================================>

  The date: March 17, 2004.

  47's next mission is at the Paris Opera House. There are two Targets to 
  kill - tenor Alvaro D'Alvade and the U.S. Ambassador to the Vatican, 
  Richard Delahunt. Apparently both are involved in child prostitution and is 
  the primary reason for their assassination.

  The Opera House is currently being renovated and that will give you some 
  cover to do your work. In addition, there are rehearsals for the opera 
  "Tosca" in which Alvaro is the star. They are rehearsing the third act 
  which involves an execution. The Agency has left a pickup for 47 within the 
  Opera House that will allow him to take advantage of this scene.

0===================0
| Mission Objectives \
0=======================================================>

  >>Kill Alvaro D'Alvade.
  >>Kill Richard Delahunt.
  >>Escape Opera.

0=======0
| Reward \
0=======================================================>

  Objectives: $400,000.
  Rating Bonus: $150,000.
  Total: $550,000.

0========0
| Weapons \
0=======================================================>

  >>SLP .40 Pistol
    **************
      Carried by the Guards plus inside the Weapons Box at the Guards 
      Quarters on the 3rd Floor.

  >>MP5
    ***
      Carried by the Bodyguards plus inside the Weapons Box at the Guards 
      Quarters on the 3rd Floor.

  >>Nailer
    ******
      Found on the floor near the center of the Basement.

  ++Notes
    *****
      Only two new weapons but both can be easily acquired during the course 
      of the mission.

0==============0
| General Notes \
0=======================================================>

  There are plenty of ways to kill both Targets. However, I prefer the most 
  popular method which involves switching out the prop pistol with a real one 
  so that the actor on stage accidentally kills Alvaro while rehearsing.

  This is also the mission that 47 did prior to being shot which set up the 
  story in "Contracts".

  This is also a good level to acquire the "Special Rating" Accomplishment in 
  the Xbox 360 and PS3 versions. This is mainly because of narrow stairwells 
  that make it easier to Disarm people and a Basement with lots of unarmed 
  Workers that you can stalk and kill.

  There are two Special Ratings you can go after in this mission: "Garroteer" 
  (killing lots of people with the Fiber Wire) and "Evil Eye Gouger" (killing 
  lots of people with the Screwdriver).

  The best to go after is "Garroteer" because, if you go get the Screwdriver 
  and try to obtain the "Evil Eye Gouger" Rating, then you may risk crashing 
  the Xbox 360 version when swinging the weapon around.

  Although most people prefer to get the "The Russian Hare" rating in the 
  mission "A New Life" I believe it is easier to get either the "Garroteer" 
  and "Evil Eye Gouger" rating, and the "Special Rating" Accomplishment, 
  here.

  "The Russian Hare" rating involves killing all of the FBI Agents with 
  headshots using the Sniper Rifles. That requires precision. However, the 
  "Garroteer" and "Evil Eye Gouger" requires less precision and therefore is 
  easier to acquire, especially at Rookie difficulty.

  Before doing this it is best to get a Silent Assassin rating in this 
  mission first at Rookie difficulty and buy the Flexible Flak Jacket and 
  Painkillers.

  For the "Garroteer" rating, when you start the mission then Wire the Worker 
  that you would have normally Sedated in the Restroom and take his clothes. 
  Then go down into the Basement through the door east of the Restroom. From 
  here, stalk and Wire any Worker you come across. Don't try to kill them all 
  though, you want the bodies to be discovered at some point.

  When a body is discovered then that person will go upstairs and alert a 
  Guard who will come down to the body. Then Wire him when he stops to look 
  it over. This will allow you to safely thin them out one by one. Eventually 
  you will get to a point that no more Guards will come down to the Basement.

  Go upstairs and try to get a Guard in an isolated spot then Wire him. At 
  some point though, your cover will get blown and the remaining Guards will 
  then go after you. Go into a stairwell, hang around a corner, and Disarm 
  any Guard and Bodyguard that comes to confront you. When you have Disarmed 
  a group of them then Wire them before trying to lure more into a stairwell.

  The Bodyguards will usually stand by the door where Delahunt will be 
  sitting. You pretty much have to get up close and Disarm them quickly 
  before they can do much damage because you won't be able to lure them into 
  a stairwell.

  When you have completely killed off all of the Guards and Bodyguards then 
  simply run around and Wire everybody else (Workers, Tourists, Actors, 
  Targets) to get the "Garroteer" rating and the "Special Rating" 
  Accomplishment.

  Because of the fact that there are no powerful Shotguns in this mission I 
  also recommend this mission for acquiring the "47 Kills" Accomplishment.

       <0+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+<<##0##>>+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+0>

0========0
| The Map \
0=======================================================>

  There are four levels to the map:

    >>3rd Floor
    >>2nd Floor
    >>1st Floor
    >>Basement

  The 1st Floor is where you start off at and also has your Exit Point. The 
  lone Point of Interest here is the table where you can place the Real WWI 
  Pistol. The 2nd Floor has a Power Switch and a Point of Interest which is 
  the Light Room Keycard that opens up the Light Room on the 3rd Floor.

  The 3rd Floor has two Point of Interests which is where you can place the 
  RU-AP Mine to drop lights onto the 1st Floor. The 3rd Floor also has a 
  Guard Quarters where you can find weapons. The Basement has one Point of 
  Interest which is a Nailer.

0======0
| Intel \
0=======================================================>

  >>The contents of Toolboxes will not be searched when you are frisked.

  >>There is a lift shaft from the backstage area to the Stage. It is closely 
    observed and only actors are permitted.

  >>Lead Actors go to their private rooms to rehearse during breaks.

  >>The large Chandelier is attached with bolts to the floor of the Attic.

  >>Only actors are allowed on Stage.

  >>Light Technicians have keycards to the Light Control Room.

  >>There is a light rack above the Stage that might prove useful.

  >>The prop gun used for the execution is an exact replica of a real World 
    War I pistol.

       <0+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+<<##0##>>+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+0>

0====================0
| Mission Walkthrough \
0=======================================================>

  When you start the mission then go inside, turn left, and head to the Coat 
  Depository to talk to the Receptionist. In the cutscene you will grab the 
  Real WWI Pistol - the item you need to pull off the accidental kill of 
  Alvaro.

  From here, head to the Lobby Restroom just southwest of the Receptionist. 
  Here you will find a couple of toilets and a Container. You should also 
  find a Civilian here as you enter. Stand by where the Container and the 
  dividing wall meet and Prep your Sedative.

  When the Civilian leaves then stand in front of the toilet closest to the 
  Container. A Worker will eventually enter the Restroom and use the toilet.
  Listen for the sound of the Restroom door closing. When that happens then 
  Sedate the Worker, change into the Worker Outfit, and put the Worker into 
  the Container. After that then exit the Restroom.

  Head north and climb the main stairs up to the 2nd Floor. Then continue 
  northwest and towards the spiral stairwell that leads up to the 3rd Floor.
  When you get to the 3rd Floor then head southwest towards the Guards 
  Quarters door but don't enter it. There will be a Guard that will come by 
  and stand for awhile by the "Tosca" poster before walking away again.

  When he gets out of view then enter the Guards Quarters and grab the MP5 
  (and the SLP .40 Pistol if you don't already have one). Then exit the 
  Guards Quarters and use the spiral staircase to get down to the 1st Floor.

  When you get down to the 1st Floor then turn right to find a Worker 
  painting a door. Go through the nearby open door and head down to the 
  Basement. When you get through the next door then you should see a large 
  wooden table in front of you and a large panel on the floor. Go to the 
  panel and pick up a Nailer (which will automatically Prep it).

  Then turn around and head back to the door you came from but go down the 
  short set of stairs to the left of the door instead. Then turn right at the 
  next corner to find a set of double doors. Go through the double doors and 
  off to your left is another single door that leads up to the Stage area. 
  Head through this door and up the stairs. 

  At the top of the stairs you should see a large curtain that leads into the 
  large dressing room. Cut through the large dressing room and through the 
  double doors that leads to the Backstage Hallway. Turn left when you get 
  through the double doors and enter the next door you get to. This leads 
  into a small Restroom. Go to the single toilet and stand in front of it.

  What will happen is that a Worker will come from the Backstage working area 
  to this toilet and back again. One of the things you need to do is to enter 
  one of the smaller Dressing Rooms in the Backstage Hallway.

  Since this Worker goes back and forth between this toilet and the Backstage 
  working area then you may risk having him see you enter and this can cause 
  problems. So, when the Worker tries to use the toilet, then Whip him with 
  the Nailer and leave the body. This will get him safely out of the way 
  because nobody else goes in here.

  From here, exit the Restroom and head south down the Backstage Hallway. You 
  should see four doors along the right wall. Go to and stand by the third 
  door, the one with the silver star by it, but *DON'T* enter. Ahead of you 
  is a Bodyguard who is sitting, napping, in a chair.

  Every now and then he will leave the chair and go to the nearby Restroom to 
  the south. But, at this stage of the mission - depending on how fast you 
  have done everything at this point, he may leave to go to the stage 
  instead (although sometimes he will go to the Restroom instead).

  When the coast is clear then enter the Dressing Room, bring out the Real 
  WWI Pistol, and hide in the Closet but keep an eye on the door. When the 
  Bodyguard leaves for the Stage then this also means that the actors will be 
  taking a break from rehearsals. The actor that does the execution, with a 
  Prop WWI Pistol, will enter this room. He will practice his role for a bit 
  then place the Prop WWI Pistol on a table and head to the Restroom.

  When he leaves the room then exit the Closet, wait for the door to close, 
  and head to the table where the Prop WWI Pistol is laying. Put Down Real 
  WWI Pistol (on the right side of the table), pick up the Prop WWI Pistol, 
  Prep your Sedative, then re-enter the closet.

  The actor will re-enter the room, pick up the Real WWI Pistol, and leave. 
  When he leaves then exit the Closet and hang by the door. Look through the 
  door towards the Bodyguard's chair and wait for the actor to go around the 
  corner. When he does then exit the Dressing Room and head through the 
  double doors that are off to your left.

  Run up the nearby stairs all the way to the 3rd Floor. Here you will be 
  above the Stage itself. You should see a Worker up here and a door to the 
  north. Head through the door and you will enter the domed Attic. Ahead of 
  you is a Winch that you can use the RU-AP Mine on but I am not going to use 
  it. Nearby is a small box.

  Go to the north side of the box, look south, and angle the camera 
  downwards. What will happen is that the Worker will come into this room, 
  talk to himself, then sit on this box. When he sits down then Sedate him. 
  Leave the body.

  Then go back out the door and to the nearby railing. Get the prompt to 
  Plant Bomb then do so. When Detonated then this will cause the stage lights 
  to fall down along the back side of the stage below. Go back into the Attic 
  and to the ladder at the east side. When you get down to the next level 
  then head south to find a hole in the floor.

  Climb down to the scaffolding and you should have an excellent view of the 
  rehearsal. Prep your Detonator while waiting and go into 1st Person Mode to 
  get an unobstructed view of the Stage.

  You will notice that the action takes place on a platform in the center of 
  the Stage. Soon the action will climax with the execution and with the 
  actor shooting at Alvaro. However, since you switched out the Pistols, this 
  will result in the accidental death of Alvaro and this completes one 
  objective.

  After this then Delahunt will run to the stage to be near his fallen 
  friend. He will be wearing a blue-green jacket. Bring out your Detonator 
  and, when Delahunt starts climbing the stairs on the platform, then 
  Detonate. Delahunt will be heading to the northwest corner of the platform 
  as you use the Detonator.

  There is a short delay between you pressing the button and the explosion so 
  that will give Delahunt time to get into position. Then the explosion 
  itself will cause his trailing Bodyguards to stop in their tracks. And then 
  the lights will crash down on Delahunt and kill him. This completes your 
  last objective.

  By timing the explosion this way then you will kill only your Target. If 
  you wait until his Bodyguards arrive then you may risk unnecessary 
  casualties.

  Climb back up into the Attic, get back into 3rd Person Mode, and wait for 
  things to calm down (meaning that your Threat Meter goes to green). The 
  reason for waiting is that the Guards will head to the source of the 
  explosion and you don't want to risk them seeing the body of the Sedated 
  Worker as you leave the Attic.

  When everything is calm then retrace your steps back to the Restroom where 
  you left your Suit. When the coast is clear then change back into your Suit 
  and head to your Exit Point to successfully complete the mission.

   0=+=+=+=+=+0
  / California \
 /+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+\
| >BDM5. "Flatline"                                                         0
 \+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+/
                                                             \ California /
                                                              0+=+=+=+=+=0

0=========0
| Overview \
0=======================================================>

  The date: March 31, 2004.

  47's next assignment takes him to the Pine Cone Rehabilitation Clinic in 
  northern California. There are three mobsters that have checked into the 
  clinic. One of them plans to turn state's witness when he is discharged. 
  The client wants to avoid that but no one knows which of the three is the 
  Target.

  An undercover agent that was placed inside the clinic to find out has not 
  been heard from for awhile. Somehow he is being kept drunk for unknown 
  reasons. The clinic will only discharge patients if they are sober or dead. 
  The only way to get the Agent out is to kill him.

  But the Agent is needed alive. To this end 47 is given an experimental 
  serum that gives the appearance of being dead and the antidote to bring him 
  back out of his coma.

0===================0
| Mission Objectives \
0=======================================================>

  >>Find Agent.
  >>Identify Target.
      --Kill Rudy Menzana.
      --Kill Carmine Desalvo.
      --Kill Lorenzo Lombardo.
  >>Smuggle out Agent.
  >>Escape.

0=======0
| Reward \
0=======================================================>

  Objectives: $370,000.
  Rating Bonus: $150,000.
  Total: $520,000.

0========0
| Weapons \
0=======================================================>

  >>SLP .40 Pistol
    **************
      Carried by the Clinic Security, two in the Guard Shack Outside, and two 
      in the Guard Room on the Main Building, 1st Floor.

  >>TMP
    ***
      Carried by the Bodyguards plus two in the Guard Room on the Main 
      Building, 1st Floor.

0==============0
| General Notes \
0=======================================================>

  There are two ways to enter the Main Building. One way is through the 
  locked door at the connecting area between the Medical Wing and the Main 
  Building and the other way is by stealing somebody's Admission Paper on the 
  outside overlook and becoming a patient by going in through the front door.

  I found that going through the locked door is better because I can keep the 
  main Therapist from wandering the building. When the mission begins the 
  Therapist is inside the Reception Area and won't leave as long as you don't 
  enter it.

  Even though you can knock him out on the 2nd Floor I prefer not to do the 
  extra work. And, speaking of therapists, you can dress up as one and make 
  your assignment much easier. It should be noted that the Therapist Outfit 
  will allow you to go through the facility with little or no suspicion.

  Another thing I found about this mission is that, even though they look 
  like Civilians, the Orderlies are also Guards. This means that they can be 
  lured by Weapon Dropping. And that makes ambushing them easier (if you 
  choose to do so).

  Finally, you get to use the nifty Stun Gun which will make taking down 
  Guards and other people easy. It has the same effect as Sedating and 
  Pistolwhipping.

       <0+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+<<##0##>>+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+0>

0========0
| The Map \
0=======================================================>

  There are six levels to the map:

    >>Medical Wing, Tunnel
    >>Medical Wing
    >>Main Building, Basement
    >>Main Building, 2nd Floor
    >>Main Building, 1st Floor
    >>Outside

  The Outside Map is where you start. You Exit Point is inside the Morgue 
  near where you start. The Guard Shack is west of the Morgue. Your ICA Crate 
  is at the west end of the Main Building. A Power Switch is at the north 
  side of the Main Building.

  There are two Point of Interests. The first one, to the west, is where you 
  can find an Admission Paper that will allow you to officially enter the 
  building and become a patient. The second one, to the east, is where you 
  can find a patient that you can knock out for a Patient Outfit.

  The Main Building, 1st Floor is where most of the people are. A small Guard 
  Room is next to the set of stairs in the center of the Map. The Main 
  Building, 2nd Floor has one Point of Interest which is a chain you can 
  plant a Bomb on to drop a large light fixture onto the floor below. The 
  Medical Wing is where you will find the Agent.

0======0
| Intel \
0=======================================================>

  >>Admission papers are required to check-in. Future patients often wait in 
    the park outside.

  >>Troublesome patients are often confined to the Medical Wing.

  >>The brochure lists some interesting facilities such as a library, a 
    gymnasium, and a large spa area.

  >>Therapists occasionally get contacted for private sessions.

  >>Some guests hide stashes of alcohol in quiet places. Let's hope they 
    don't get alcohol poisoning.

  >>Weight lifting can be fatal.

  >>Some guests cheat on the spa's strict diet by smuggling camping stoves 
    into their rooms. Sounds dangerous!

  >>Deceased patients are taken straight from the Medical Wing to the Morgue.

       <0+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+<<##0##>>+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+0>

0====================0
| Mission Walkthrough \
0=======================================================>

  When you start the mission then immediately turn left and run west. Turn 
  right and run north when you get to the corner of the Guard Shack. As you 
  proceed north then you will see a vine covered wall. Run along past the 
  left side of this wall and go up the rock embankment to the path.

  When you get up onto the path then run north past the large tree and to the 
  brick wall that comprises the connecting area between the Medical Wing and 
  the Main Building. When you get here then turn right to find a set of 
  stairs leading up.

  If you have run all the way to this point then you should see a Guard near 
  the top walking away from you. Climb the stairs and turn left 180 degrees. 
  You should see your ICA Crate. Look right a little bit and you should see a 
  locked door. Pick the Lock and enter.

  You should be in a narrow hallway with a Keycard Door to your left and 
  another locked door ahead of you. Pick the lock of the door ahead and then 
  walk out and turn right after you proceed through the door. Walk east then 
  up the short set of stairs but enter Sneak Mode when you get to the top.

  Sneak east and past the Power Switch then go through the door that leads 
  into the Guard Room. Right after you enter you should see a Weapons Box to 
  your right. Grab a Stun Gun and Sneak forward to find a Guard sitting in a 
  chair. Sneak to the Guard and Zap him with the Stun Gun. Steal Video Tape 
  from the nearby Surveillance Machine, grab the Rehab Keycard, then open the 
  nearby Keycard Door and drag the Stunned Guard through it.

  Head down the short set of stairs then drop the Guard close to the door 
  leading back outside. Switch into the Clinic Security Outfit which will 
  place your Suit just inside the door. The Rehab Keycard will also open the 
  other Keycard Door that leads into the Medical Wing where the Agent is 
  being kept.

  The problem here is that there are two doors that actually go into the 
  Medical Wing and they are both locked. Unfortunately, even though you have 
  a Lockpick, these doors cannot be picked. The only people who have keys to 
  gain access are the Orderlies. There are three inside the Medical Wing and 
  two in the Basement.

  Even so, you can still gain easy access to the Medical Wing. Proceed 
  forward through the second Keycard Door and to the Medical Wing. Here you 
  should find the door. To the left of the door is an open window. Stand 
  between the door and the window and angle the camera so you can look 
  through the window.

  Here you will see an Orderly sitting in a chair. There will be a second 
  Orderly that stands in the office, complain about the coffee, then leave to 
  go outside through the door at the south side of the facility. Then he will 
  come back to the office and the pattern repeats.

  If you look closely at the end of the table just beyond the window then you 
  will find a Cell Key and a Rehab Keycard. I already have the Keycard from 
  the Guard and I can get a Cell Key from one of the Orderlies in the Office.

  A third Orderly will have a short pattern in the cell area itself. He will 
  stand in front of a cell then head west to stand in one then go back.

  To prevent any interference I prefer to knock all three of these Orderlies 
  out. It's not hard to do.

  Look out for the second Orderly and wait for him to leave and be completely 
  out of view before making your move. Sneak to and through the open window 
  then to the first Orderly. Look through the large window and keep an eye on 
  the door that leads outside.

  When the second Orderly goes through the door and gets out of view then 
  bring out your Stun Gun and Zap the sitting Orderly. Then drag his body to 
  the Container at the northwest corner of the office. Change into the 
  Orderly Outfit and grab his Cell Key.

  Then dump him into the Container and Sedate the Coffee Cup on the nearby 
  table. Prep your Stun Gun and head into the cell area. Go downstairs and 
  hang close to the cell that the other Orderly likes to stand in. Look 
  through the window when he is inside to see where he stands.

  Wait for the second Orderly to walk past your position before entering the 
  cell. Stand near where the third Orderly stands and wait for him to come 
  back. When he stops in front of you then Zap him. By the time you take down 
  the third Orderly then the second one will be Sedated.

  Head into the Agent's cell and talk to him. It's Agent Smith - again. The 
  same one you keep rescuing (third or fourth time already since "Codename 
  47") and 47 is none too pleased. After the cutscene then Sedate Agent.

  In the following cutscene you are notified that there are two additional, 
  and optional, Targets that you can go after. Of course, I am going after 
  both.

  Three Targets will now appear on the Map - one red (primary) and two 
  "lightish red" (optional). The primary Target will be random on each 
  run-through.

  And your Targets are:

    --Rudy Menzana (pink robe)
    --Carmine Desalvo (light green robe)
    --Lorenzo Lombardo (light blue robe)

  You can take them down in many different ways - poisoning hidden bottles, 
  pushing them into the Jacuzzi, crushing necks with weights, etc. But there 
  is one very easy way to take them down and without the bodies being found. 
  By becoming a Therapist.

  From the Medical Wing, go through the two Keycard Doors and back through 
  the Guard Room. Then re-enter the hallway but *DON'T* go through the double 
  doors leading into the main area. To the right of the double doors is a 
  single door that leads into the Kitchen. At the south central side of the 
  Kitchen is a bucket and a mop.

  Next to it is a hidden Bottle. Poison it and leave. This will take care of 
  one of the Targets and without the body being found. That Target is Lorenzo 
  Lombardo and he is also the one that goes up to the 2nd Floor and cooks in 
  his room. It is important not to go near him when you are in the Therapist 
  Outfit or he will go to the upstairs Office.

  Although you can Poison the bottle at any time it is highly recommended 
  that you wait until Lorenzo appears as a Target first. The reason is that 
  if you kill him before he is identified then it will count as a 
  non-accidental Civilian kill and your score will suffer.

  After Poisoning the Bottle then leave the Kitchen, go through the double 
  doors, and proceed east through the center of the first floor. You should 
  see a large fireplace and four sets of stairs - two at each side of this 
  room. Take one of the stairs at the east side of the room and head up.

  Here you should see four small offices. One has an open door and three with 
  locked doors. Go through the one with the open door and you should find the 
  Therapist Outfit. Change into it and Prep your Fiber Wire.

  It should be noted that the only person that goes up to this area of the 
  2nd Floor is the Therapist but he is stuck in the Reception Area because of 
  how you entered the building.

  Go downstairs and find one of your remaining Targets. I recommend going 
  after Rudy (the one in the pink robe) first. He goes between the Jacuzzi 
  (northeast corner) and the Den (north central). When you find him then he 
  will comment about that it is time for his session and he will meet you in 
  your Office.

  That Office will be the large room in the south central side of the 2nd 
  Floor. It will have two beige chairs with a small table between them. Go up 
  here and stand behind the west chair.

  Rudy will walk slowly to the Office so you will be waiting awhile. As you 
  are waiting Agent Smith will be moved to the Morgue. This will also unlock 
  the doors to it so you can enter it to revive him and escape. When Rudy 
  enters the Office then he will sit in the chair in front of you.

  Wire him when he starts talking then drag his body north through the small 
  room and to the balcony that overlooks the Den. Drag him to the railing, 
  drop him, and close the door as you leave. This is why you should go after 
  Rudy first - he is the only person who goes into the Den and you may risk 
  having him see you if you went after Carmine first and dragged his body 
  here.

  After hiding Rudy's body then go find Carmine. He goes between the Gym 
  (southeast corner) and Outside. When you find him and he comments about his 
  session then go back to the Office and stand behind the east chair while 
  you wait for him. Like before, Wire him he starts talking then leave the 
  body since nobody else comes up here.

  By the time you kill Carmine then Lorenzo will have drank from the Poisoned 
  Bottle and died thus completing all of your primary and secondary 
  objectives.

  After killing all of your Targets then head back to the small Guard Room 
  and the narrow hallway where you dropped off the Stunned Guard and left 
  your Suit. Before changing out, however, go back outside first and stop by 
  the two benches.

  Look all around to make sure that there are no Guards or patients nearby 
  before going back to your Suit. If everything has gone smoothly up to this 
  point then you should see a Guard approach you from the east. He will then 
  stop between the benches in front of you.

  You could Zap him if you want but there is no reason to take the risk of a 
  potential Witness or anything else going wrong. When he finally leaves and 
  gets far enough away then quickly go back inside, switch back into your 
  Suit, and leave. From here, head down to the Guard Shack the same way you 
  came earlier.

  As you head south towards the Guard Shack keep an eye out for an Orderly 
  who may be on the path nearby. When Agent Smith was transferred to the 
  Morgue then this started a patrol pattern of another Orderly.

  He will go from the Morgue, up the path to the north end, then head back 
  down again and repeat. If you did not see him as you made your way towards 
  the Guard Shack then more than likely he is down near the Morgue. Nobody, 
  not even the Orderly, cares about you going in and out of the Morgue. 
  However, you certainly don't want anybody seeing you wake up Agent Smith.

  Go inside the Morgue and stand in the corner by the Elevator. Wait for the 
  Orderly to come inside, stand for awhile, and leave. Once the doors close 
  then go to Agent Smith, Revive Agent, and Escape through the nearby door to 
  successfully complete the mission.

   0=+=+=+=+=+0
  / California \
 /+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+\
| >BDM6. "A New Life"                                                       0
 \+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+/
                                                             \ California /
                                                              0+=+=+=+=+=0

0=========0
| Overview \
0=======================================================>

  The date: May 15, 2004.

  47's next Target is a gangster named Vinnie Sinestra. He is in a witness 
  protection program pending a court appearance. Vinnie also has some hard 
  evidence that can't be allowed to be seen. The client thinks that it may be 
  on some microfilm somewhere.

  He is currently holed up in a suburban house in southern California and the 
  client does not want Vinnie to make it to the courtroom. But the house is 
  being protected by the Feds so it will be tough to get at him. However, 
  there is going to be a birthday party for Vinnie's child and that may be 
  useful in getting inside the house.

0===================0
| Mission Objectives \
0=======================================================>

  >>Kill Vinnie Sinistra.
  >>Retrieve Microfilm.
  >>Escape suburb.

0=======0
| Reward \
0=======================================================>

  Objectives: $270,000.
  Rating Bonus: $150,000.
  Total: $420,000.

0========0
| Weapons \
0=======================================================>

  >>SLP .40 Pistol
    **************
      Carried by most of the Agents.

  >>Air Rifle
    *********
      Inside the Treehouse.

  >>Bull .480
    *********
      Carried by Vinnie Sinestra.

  >>MP7
    ***
      Inside the Guards Quarters on the 1st Floor and carried by the Agents 
      in the Limos.

  >>Nailer
    ******
      Inside the Basement.

  ++Notes
    *****
      There are three new weapons here and they are not too hard to acquire.

0==============0
| General Notes \
0=======================================================>

  After playing around with this mission some more I found that you can keep 
  your Threat Meter under control when you are in a disguise and interacting 
  with Vinnie's Wife. However, I decided it was best to stick with the 
  ambushing method I devised when I built the guide.

  It is also important to point out that if you cause too much trouble then 
  additional Agents in Limos will arrive at the house. In addition, I saved 
  acquiring the Air Rifle for last instead of doing it in the middle of the 
  mission. This is also the first mission where the Detonator Trick is used 
  to acquire this weapon.

  This is also the best mission to get the "Fully Upgraded" Accomplishments 
  for your custom weapons (because this mission can be quickly completed). It 
  involves a little trick and credit goes to s1u5h13 who posted this at 
  Xbox360Accomplishments.com.

  After you complete the mission "Death on the Mississippi" (which completes 
  unlocking of all of the Kruger Schmidt upgrade tiers) then go back to this 
  mission in Rookie difficulty. Choose one of your custom weapons (like the 
  Silverballer) and buy everything for it. Take it with you and do the 
  mission. How you do and complete the mission is irrelevant as long as it is 
  successful.

  When the mission is completed then you will get the Accomplishment for 
  fully customizing the weapon. After you get to the Details Screen then kick 
  back into the Dashboard of either the Xbox 360 or PS3. Then reboot the 
  game. You will get all of the money you spent for upgrading back and lose 
  the upgrades but you will still keep the Accomplishment.

  Then go back to this mission, chose another upgradable weapon, and repeat 
  the process. Continue until you have all five of the "Fully Upgraded" 
  Accomplishments.

       <0+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+<<##0##>>+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+0>

0========0
| The Map \
0=======================================================>

  There are four levels to the map:

    >>Basement
    >>2nd Floor
    >>1st Floor
    >>Outside

  The Outside Map is where you start and also has your Exit Point. A Power 
  Switch can be found at the south side of the house.

  There are two Point of Interests. The one to the south is the FBI Truck 
  where you can find a couple of Agents and the Video Tape. The one to the 
  north is the Treehouse where you can find the Air Rifle.

  Your ICA Crate is to the east. The Vet's Office, where you can find a 
  Bottle of Ether and Tranquilizer Darts, is to the south of the FBI Truck.

  The 1st Floor has a Guards Quarters near the northwest corner (and is 
  connected to the West Hallway). The large Pool is at the northeast corner. 
  The Dining Room is at the southeast corner. The East Hallway is connected 
  to the Dining Room and has a small bathroom. The 2nd Floor has a large 
  central room that Vinnie enters from time to time. The Girl's Bedroom is 
  directly south of that.

  There is one Point of Interest in the Basement which is a Weapons Crate 
  where you can store weapons.

0======0
| Intel \
0=======================================================>

  >>Garbage trucks can dispose of all kinds of waste.

  >>The surveillance team have an unhealthy appetite for donuts.

  >>Vinnie has complained about the neighbor's son taking pot shots into the 
    garden with an airgun.

  >>Vinnie lives close to a veterinary surgeon. Sometimes a vet needs to 
    tranquilize wild animals!

  >>Rumor has it that Vinnie's wife flirts with hired staff. But Vinnie 
    trusts her completely.

  >>Some field agents are too nosy in teenage girls' rooms.

  >>A barbeque is being prepared for the party. Be careful with flammable 
    liquids!

  >>Vinnie just bought a very expensive and unusual necklace for his wife.

       <0+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+<<##0##>>+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+0>

0====================0
| Mission Walkthrough \
0=======================================================>

  For this particular strategy a Pistol is required at the start. Any Pistol 
  will do but do *NOT* bring an SLP. 40 Pistol.

  When you start the mission then you will be near the Exit Point. You will 
  also see a Jogger stretching to the south. Quickly Prep your Pistol then 
  run to the Jogger but start Sneaking when you are about ten feet away from 
  him. Get behind him and go into 1st Person Mode so you can look directly at 
  his back.

  Grab him then move him northeast across the street to the tree there and 
  Whip him. By Whipping the Jogger then you will make it easier on yourself 
  in regards to re-acquiring your Suit near the end of the mission. After 
  Whipping him then Prep your Sedative.

  From here, go around the end of the hedge wall and turn east. Ahead of you 
  should be a yellow Catering Van. At this point there should be a Caterer 
  getting something from the back of the Van. When he walks away then head to 
  the back of the vehicle.

  It is important to note there is also an Agent that has a patrol route that 
  ends at the corner of the Garage northwest of your position. But, at this 
  point in the mission, he will be heading inside the house and not be an 
  issue.

  When you look in the back of the van then you should see a Catering Crate 
  and a box of Donuts. Quickly Sedate the Donuts and grab them. Run to the 
  back of the large white boxy van across the street. Go to the right side of 
  the doors and stand back a couple of feet to prompt Put Down Donuts.

  This will allow you to place the Donuts on the ground and knock on the 
  door. After this then go around the nearby corner of the Van so you are out 
  of view but be next to the door. Wait for the door to close then stand 
  behind the van a couple of feet and wait. It takes a little bit of time 
  before the Agents collapse.

  However, you will be waiting a bit as you need to make absolutely the coast 
  is clear before entering. By the time the Agents fall the Caterer will be 
  leaving the house and heading back to his van which is north of you. He 
  will stand by the vehicle and smoke for a bit before heading back inside. 
  The patrolling Agent will also do his thing.

  When the Caterer and Agent are heading beck to the house then rotate your 
  camera so you are looking southeast. Between the Vet's Office and another 
  house is a hedge that is being tended to by a Nosy Neighbor. When she bends 
  down and gets out of view then quickly open the doors and enter the van.
  
  Go to one of the fallen Agents, switch into the FBI Agent Outfit, pick up 
  an SLP .40 Pistol, and Steal Video Tape from the Surveillance Machine. From 
  here, exit the FBI Van and head to the Vet's Office. Run into the garage 
  and Pick the Lock of the door. Go inside the office and you should see the 
  Bottle of Ether on the table to your left. Go back out the same way you 
  came and run to the house.

  Run through the front door of the house and through the next door to enter 
  the Stairway Room. Go up the stairs and through the door at the top. You 
  should see an Agent by the door as you go through it. Go through the next 
  two doors to enter the Girls' Bedroom. At the south side of the room is a 
  desk.

  On the desk are the Girls Panties. Go to them to get the prompt to Pour 
  Ether On Girls Panties. You see, the Agent you passed by is a bit of a perv 
  (as already hinted by the Intel) and likes to sniff the panties when he 
  comes in here. Of course, I can use that against him which is why I am 
  using the Ether on them. And this makes for one less person to deal with on 
  the 2nd Floor when I come back here later.

  After this then go back down the same way you came. When you get back down 
  the stairs then turn left 180-degrees to find the door into the East 
  Hallway. Go through this door then through the door to your right to enter 
  the Dining Room. If everything has gone smoothly up to this point then 
  there should already be an Agent here.

  He should be standing by the window at the south side of the room. Stay on 
  the opposite side of the table and wait for him to leave. After he leaves 
  then stand where he was standing and wait for him to come back. While you 
  are waiting then Prep any of your Pistols. When he comes back then Whip 
  him.

  After Whipping him then go back into the East Hallway and head north to the 
  small bathroom. If things are timed right then Vinnie's Wife may be inside 
  here. Stand by the wall to the right of the door and open the door. If she 
  is here then go to the light switch by the door that opens into the 
  Shower/Sauna area. Turn off the lights and stand back a couple of feet.

  The plan is to ambush Vinnie's Wife after she leaves the Pool. The reason 
  for doing this is because she has a new necklace. And this necklace is 
  where the Microfilm is hidden. So you need to safely take her down so you 
  can get at it.

  This is also the primary reason for knocking out the Agent in the Dining 
  Room - he goes through this area.

  When she leaves the bathroom then she will go to turn the lights back on. 
  When she turns her back to you then Grab her, move a few steps to the right 
  (otherwise you will get the prompt to open the door), then Whip her. Grab 
  the Necklace with Microfilm - leave her body be.

  After dealing with her it is time to get rid of some Agents on the opposite 
  side of the house so I can clear a path to the Weapons Box (in the Guards 
  Quarters).

    **NOTE: If she wasn't in the bathroom when you checked it then she is 
            heading back outside and it will be awhile before she heads back 
            to the East Hallway so you should knock out these Agents first to 
            make the best use of your time.

  From the East Hallway, go back into the West Hallway and then into the 
  Stairway Room. Head northwest to enter the Kitchen. Continue northwest to 
  find the door into the West Hallway. You should also be passing an Agent as 
  you head to the door.

  Turn left when you enter the West Hallway and through the door at the end 
  to enter into the Laundry Room. Turn left at the next corner to find the 
  door leading down into the Basement. The Agent you passed by needs to be 
  knocked out and his patrol route ends here.

  Run down to the Basement floor and through the next door. After going 
  through this door then you should see a shelving unit on the north wall to 
  the left. Stand with your back to the wall and about four feet west of the 
  shelving unit, look southeast, and wait for the Agent to return.

  When the Agent returns and stands in front of you then Sneak up on him and 
  Whip him. You can grab the Nailer nearby if you you didn't get one from the 
  mission "Curtains Down". Then run back up the stairs and to the door into 
  the West Hallway. Then open the door to your left to look inside the Guards 
  Quarters.

  There is a good chance that the outside patrolling Agent is inside. If he 
  is then stand at the north end of the West Hallway and wait for him to 
  leave. When he does then go inside the Guards Quarters. Stand at the 
  southwest corner of this room (by the desk chair) and look northeast.

  When the Agent comes back then wait for him to stop in front of you then 
  Whip him. By Whipping these Agents then you have cleared a safe path to the 
  Weapons Box. Clean out the Box which will allow you to obtain the MP7.

  Then drag the unconscious Agent back into the Laundry Room and put him into 
  the Container by the door. You should see a door on the east side of the 
  Laundry Room. Prep your SLP .40 Pistol and go through it to enter the 
  Kitchen. As you get to the next corner then you should see another door to 
  your right. This leads into the Living Room.

  Now it is time to deal with Vinnie. He always goes with an Escort. There 
  are two places that you can kill him - the Living Room and the Upstairs 
  Office.

  Killing him in the Living Room (Poisoning him in his chair after luring the 
  Escort to the Power Switch) may risk you being seen by the Caterer through 
  the window. So I am going to use the Upstairs Office to ambush him.

  However, if you kill him here then his Escort will eventually enter the 
  room and find the body which will negatively affect your rating. So I need 
  to get rid of the Escort first. The best way is to lure him to the Weapons 
  Box by dropping a weapon.

  Open the door to look inside the Living Room. If everything has gone 
  smoothly up to this point then they should be leaving to go upstairs. Go 
  behind Vinnie's chair and drop the Pistol behind it but close to the cart 
  and lamp to the left.

  The reason for this particular placement is that sometimes Vinnie himself 
  will find the weapon instead of the Escort. If Vinnie finds the weapon then 
  your Threat Meter will go back down quickly after it goes green and you 
  will have to get another Pistol (from one of the fallen Agents) and try 
  again later.

  By placing the weapon here behind the chair then only the Escort will find 
  it. After dropping the weapon then head back to the Weapons Box. However, 
  you need to enter the Guards Quarters from the north door, which is for the 
  connecting bathroom. Sometimes the Escort will come in through the north 
  door instead of the other one.

  The Weapons Box is by the door and you need to keep it open so you can 
  properly ambush the Escort if he ends up going through the north door 
  instead of the other one. If you stand by the Box and the north door is 
  closed and the Escort comes through the north door then you will get pushed 
  out of the way and be out of position to attack the Escort.

  By coming in through the north door and standing by the Weapons Box then 
  you can keep the door open. While waiting then Prep the Sedative. Sedate 
  the Escort when he bends down over the Weapons Box and leave the body.

  After dealing with him then Prep either your Poison or Fiber Wire and head 
  up to the 2nd Floor. Enter the Upstairs Office which is the central room on 
  the north side of this floor. Stand by the left side of the table and wait. 
  When Vinnie walks in then he will stand in front of you. Poison or Wire him 
  and grab his Bull .480.

  After killing Vinnie then go back down and out the front door. At this 
  point you have the option of acquiring the Air Rifle. After leaving the 
  house then head to the Treehouse at the north side of the Map. There will 
  be a female Gardener picking at the ground near the Treehouse but as long 
  as you are dressed as an Agent then she will not cause any problems as you 
  approach it.

  Climb the Treehouse Ladder and you will find the Air Rifle on the table. 
  Look out the windows first to find the Pool Cleaner and patrolling Agent 
  before picking up the weapon. When they are out of view then pick up the 
  Rifle and immediately bring out the Detonator to initiate the Detonator 
  Trick.

  Climb back down the ladder and go southeast to your ICA Crate. Store the 
  weapon then head back to the FBI Van. For best results it is best to wait 
  at the back of the Van until the Caterer to stand by his van then leave 
  before entering the vehicle.

  When he walks past the tree in the front yard then re-enter the FBI Van, 
  switch back into your Suit, run out of the Van (heading northwest to make 
  sure that the Nosy Neighbor doesn't see you), and head to the Exit Point 
  to successfully complete the mission.

   0=+=+=+=+=+=0
  / New Orleans \
 /+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+\
| >BDM7. "The Murder of Crows"                                              0
 \+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+/
                                                            \ New Orleans /
                                                             0=+=+=+=+=+=0

0=========0
| Overview \
0=======================================================>

  The date: October 25, 2004.

  47's next mission takes him to New Orleans. The American Secretary of the 
  Interior is targeted for assassination during the Mardi Gras parade. The 
  client does not want that to happen. So 47 is to take down the people who 
  are trying to kill the Secretary.

  There are three assassins: Mark Purayah, Jr, Raymond Kulinsky, and Angelina 
  Mason. Mark is the leader, Raymomd is the assassin, and Angelina is recon 
  and support. Nobody knows where they are at but the payment to them has 
  been identified and should lead 47 to them if followed. The parade also has 
  lot of Civilians about so extra care needs to be exercised.

0===================0
| Mission Objectives \
0=======================================================>

  >>Kill Mark Purayah, Jr.
  >>Kill Raymond Kulinsky.
  >>Kill Angelina Mason.
  >>Protect the Politician.
      --Retrieve the Diamonds Case.
  >>Escape.

0=======0
| Reward \
0=======================================================>

  Objectives: $470,000.
  Rating Bonus: $150,000.
  Total: $620,000.

0========0
| Weapons \
0=======================================================>

  >>SLP .40 Pistol
    **************
      Carried by the Cops and inside the Weapons Crate at the Guards 
      Quarters.

  >>Desert Eagle
    ************
      Carried by Raymond Kulinsky and Mark Purayah, Jr.

  >>SLP .40 .S
    **********
      Carried by Angelina Mason.

  >>MP9
    ***
      Carried by all of the Guard Birds and on the 1st Floor of the Hideout.

  >>SG552
    *****
      By Mark Purayah's desk inside the Hideout.

  >>Kazo TRG
    ********
      Always nearby Raymond Kulinsky regardless of where he is.

  ++Notes
    *****
      There are four new weapons and all can be acquired discreetly - even 
      the Kazo TRG (thanks to the Detonator Trick).

0==============0
| General Notes \
0=======================================================>

  This one was another pain to figure out mainly because of the different 
  places that the Delivery Guy goes to within the Courtyards and where 
  Raymond hides out at. The randomness of these locations added to the 
  complexity of the mission. I also tried several different ways of going 
  after Angelina before settling on the popular Piano dropping method.

  It is important to note that the assassination *CANNOT* take place unless 
  the Diamonds Briefcase is actually delivered to Mark's desk. Preventing the 
  Briefcase from reaching the desk is the best way to protect the Secretary.

  Of course, you can take the Diamonds Briefcase for yourself for extra 
  money (an additional $70,000). Even though it is listed in your objectives 
  it is entirely optional.

  In addition, both Raymond and Angelina will not appear on the Map until you 
  acquire the Walkie Talkie from any of the three Targets (except at Rookie 
  difficulty).

  You will see that the streets are jammed with people. These are Partygoers 
  and aren't classified as real Civilians in that they can't do anything if 
  you or somebody else starts shooting.

  But regular Civilians can get mixed in with them so the Partygoers are in 
  essence camouflage. However, the Civilians, Cops, and Bird Guards can see 
  you just fine through them so the Partygoers are of no real use other than 
  to obscure your vision.

  Unlike the Agents from the previous mission the Cops aren't overly 
  sensitive but you still don't want to stand around them too long. The 
  strategy for this mission will allow you to walk out with the Diamonds 
  Briefcase and safely acquire the SG552 and Kazo TRG.

  Correct me if I'm wrong but isn't Mardi Gras supposed to be in *FEBRUARY*, 
  not October?

  Finally, if you've earned Silent Assassin ratings on the previous four 
  missions then this is the earliest you can get the "5 
  Normal/Expert/Professional Silent Assassins" Accomplishment.

       <0+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+<<##0##>>+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+0>

0========0
| The Map \
0=======================================================>

  There are five levels to the map:

    >>Basement
    >>Shops and Restaurants, 3rd Floor
    >>Shops and Restaurants, 2nd Floor
    >>Shops and Restaurants, 1st Floor
    >>Streets and Back Alleys

  When you look at the Streets and Back Alleys Map then you will see three 
  bars and three courtyards in addition to four Point of Interests. The first 
  Point of Interest is the Hideout where Mark Purayah is at. The one 
  northeast of that is a Weapons Crate that you can use for storing the 
  SG552.

  The two PoIs to the south are located in the West Courtyard. The one at the 
  southwest corner is another Weapons Crate. The other one is a Sniping 
  Platform that can be climbed up on so you can shoot Mark through the north 
  alley.

  There are two additional Courtyards of note. The one just east of the West 
  Courtyard (with two alleys) is the West Central Courtyard. The one east of 
  that (with four alleys) is the East Central Courtyard.

  The three bars are marked on the Map. There is a Guards Quarters in the 
  center of the Map and your Exit Point is south of that. The Secretary is on 
  a float that slowly moves clockwise around the main street. The Partygoers 
  are the cloud of circles within the main street.

  You will start out in the 1st Floor Lobby of the Hotel at the southwest 
  corner of the West Central Courtyard.

  The Shops and Restaurants, 2nd Floor has three Point of Interests. The one 
  at the northwest corner is the Office where you can find Mark and the 
  SG552. The one at the southeast corner of the West Central Courtyard is a 
  balcony you can use to look out into the street but there is a Civilian 
  there that you can also push over.

  The one at the southeast corner of the East Central Courtyard is another 
  window you can use to snipe Raymond if he is at the Salsa Club.

  Your ICA Crate is located on the 2nd Floor of the Hotel. To the east of the 
  ICA Crate is a room where you can find a Waiter Outfit that you will be 
  using later.

  There is only one Point of Interest on the Shops and Restaurants, 3rd Floor 
  and that is another window you can use to snipe Raymond if he appears at 
  the Rock Bar.

0======0
| Intel \
0=======================================================>

  >>Walkie Talkies transmit everything - even background sound and music, 
    which could reveal someone's location.

  >>Clubs usually have a back entrance for the staff.

  >>Bookstore walls are like paper - you can overhear what's going on next 
    door.

  >>Clubs in this area are known for having hat-dress codes and music themes.

  >>Some private apartments have a useful view.

  >>Pianos can kill - especially when they are dropped from the sky.

  >>A guy dressed as a yellow bird checked into a hotel room a couple of 
    hours ago.

       <0+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+<<##0##>>+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+0>

0====================0
| Mission Walkthrough \
0=======================================================>

  When you start the mission then you will be inside a restaurant in the 
  lobby of the Hotel. You will also be looking at the backside of the 
  Delivery Guy, the red bird, as he talks to a friend. After the conversation 
  ends then the Delivery Guy will leave through the front door. Follow him 
  out the door. He will take one of three paths:

    >>Southwest
      *********
        This means that he will go into the West Central Courtyard. Turn left 
        to go east then turn left again to enter the West Central Courtyard. 
        You may see a Cop as you enter the alley so keep away from him as you 
        proceed north. You will also see a Container just before you turn 
        left through the archway.

        Position yourself at the southeast corner of the north alley that 
        leads to the street and look north. The Delivery Guy will head south 
        through this alley and stop in front of you. Sedate him, change into 
        the Delivery Guy Outfit, and drag him to the Container for disposal.

        However, on rare occasions, the Cop that patrols this Courtyard may 
        enter the south alley just as you are disposing of the Delivery Guy 
        and attack you. Restart if this happens.

  If the Delivery Guy heads east then he will head to the East Central 
  Courtyard. Run to the south entrance of the East Central Courtyard and look 
  west. The other two paths are as follows:

    >>East (Path 1)
      *************
        He will head east and walk past you. Head north into the alley and 
        you will see a Container in the northeast corner of the Courtyard. 
        Stand about three feet to the west of the Container and look 
        northwest. He will eventually stand near if not in front of you. 
        Sedate him, change into the Delivery Guy Outfit, and drag him to the 
        Container for disposal.

    >>East (Path 2)
      *************
        He will head southeast across the street and stop just southwest of 
        your position. Head north into the alley and to the Container. Stand 
        right at the southeast corner of the Container and look northeast. He 
        will then stand in front of you to take a piss. Sedate him, change 
        into the Delivery Guy Outfit, and drag him to the Container for 
        disposal.

  After obtaining the Delivery Guy Outfit and grabbing the Diamonds Briefcase 
  then head to the Hideout at the northwest corner of the Streets and Back 
  Alleys area. There will be a Bird Guard standing watch over the front door.
  Just walk past him into the Hideout and he will tell you to go upstairs. 
  When you get inside then turn left to find the spiral stairs.

  Go up to the top of the stairs and stop. One of the Bird Guards goes 
  between the top of the stairs and the Office. Stand near where he stands 
  when he goes to the Office. When he stops in front of you and you hear the 
  door close then Sedate him.

  Drag him to the door then turn right and head to the dresser. Drop him 
  here, grab his MP9, then change into the Bird Guard Outfit. Then grab the 
  Diamonds Briefcase and drop it by the body.

  Prep your Fiber Wire and enter the Office. Here you should see Mark walk 
  around the room. You will also see the SG552 propped against the desk. Go 
  behind the desk chair and stand behind it. When Mark sits down then Wire 
  him. Grab the Walkie Talkie (to make Raymond and Angelina appear on the 
  Map) and the Desert Eagle.

  Now head downstairs to the first floor and to the large dresser. Stand at 
  the southwest corner of the dresser and look south at the main doors. When 
  the other Bird Guard you saw comes back here then he should stand in front 
  of you. Whip him then drag his body upstairs into the Office.

  For safety's sake you may also want to drag the other Bird Guard into the 
  Office as well. Then grab the Diamonds Briefcase and drop it off here too.
  Head to the door at the northeast corner of the first floor. Head through 
  that door then through the next one (near the TV) to enter the back 
  courtyard of the Hideout.

  Head east past the archway and you will see a Container. You may also see a 
  Bird Guard here as well. If he is not here then step to the north of the 
  archway after you pass it then wait for him. When he stops then Sneak 
  behind him and Whip him. But *DON'T* put him in the Container yet.

  Just to the north is a Weapons Crate. Store your MP9 in the Crate then grab 
  another MP9 from the Bird Guard and dispose of him in the Container. Head 
  to the alley that leads to the street but stand at the northeast corner and 
  out of view. Look south and wait.

  Eventually another Bird Guard will head north into the alley but then turn 
  around and head back out. When he gets out of view then walk to the metal 
  hatch on the ground next to you and drop your MP9 here. Now head back 
  inside the Hideout, stand at the Weapons Box, and clean it out. Prep either 
  your Desert Eagle or MP9 while you are waiting.

  The patrolling Bird Guard will find the MP9 and will return it to the 
  Weapons Box. When he bends down then Whip him.

  With the Hideout cleared of all Bird Guards (except the one at the front 
  door) then go upstairs to grab the SG552, Holster it, get the Diamonds 
  Briefcase, and go back to the Weapons Crate. Store the SG552 in the Weapons 
  Crate and drop the Diamonds Briefcase next to it.

  Leave the Diamonds Briefcase here for now. I will go after Angelina before 
  taking the Briefcase from the Hideout area. Head outside to the alley and 
  stop at the south end. Look across the street to find the north alleyway 
  for the West Courtyard. Head south through this alley to enter the 
  Courtyard.

  At the southwest corner of the Courtyard you should see a large Piano 
  overhead. The Winch for that is high up to the south. At the east side of 
  the courtyard is a cage you can climb to gain access to the Winch. Head to 
  the northeast corner and head west along the walkway. You will also notice 
  two Civilians below but they won't do anything as you go above them.

  Continue to the northwest corner then jump the Balcony going south. Follow 
  the way until you reach the Winch and Plant Bomb. Go back down the same way 
  you came and go to the south entrance of the Hideout Courtyard then stop 
  and look south across the street. Look at your Map to find Angelina. She 
  will be going around the city and stopping at many spots.

  She will stop in the alley to the Blues Bar then head to the east side of 
  the East Central Courtyard. After that then she will head to the alley 
  entrance of the Salsa Bar and head back to the southwest corner of the East 
  Central Courtyard.

  Then she will head north to the alley of the Rock Bar. From there, then she 
  will head to the West Courtyard to stand under the Piano. Then she will 
  head to the Blues Bar alley and the pattern repeats. Wait for her to be 
  near the Rock Bar alley before doing anything.

  When she gets to that point then look out for a Cop that is either standing 
  at the street corner southeast of your position or heading to the alley 
  leading into the West Courtyard.

  If he is standing at the street corner or is not visible then head into the 
  alley and stop at the south end just before entering the Courtyard itself.
  Hug the west wall and drop the MP9 (you already have an MP9 stored so you 
  can lose this one). Then climb back up to the northeast corner, prep your 
  Detonator, go into 1st Person Mode, and look southwest.

  The patrolling Cop will find the MP9 and then leave to put it into the 
  Weapons Box at the Guards Quarters. This will keep him out of your hair for 
  awhile. When Angelina appears in the Courtyard then wait for her to get 
  under the Piano then bring out your Detonator and Detonate. The Piano will 
  fall on and kill her in an Accident.

  Go back into 3rd Person Mode and run down to her so you can grab the SLP 
  .40 .S. The Civilians have run out of the Courtyard to alert a Cop so they 
  won't see you do this.

  Depending on how her body behaves when the Piano strikes her she may be 
  completely under it or bounced away. If she is not completely under the 
  Piano then she will eventually be discovered - but that won't negatively 
  affect your score because you killed her in an Accident.

  If you're thinking "why not hide near the pipe leading up to the Sniping 
  Platform" then here's why you don't do that.

  You see, if you hide behind the wall and then drop the Piano, it may fall 
  in such a way that you cannot get through the gaps at ether side of it and 
  you may be trapped. This will either cause you to restart from a save file 
  or restart altogether.

  After killing Angelina and obtaining the SLP .40 .S then head back to the 
  Weapons Crate to grab the Diamonds Briefcase and head out through the 
  Hideout Courtyard to the street. Then head into the West Central Courtyard. 
  Go near the Container and look south to make sure that there is no Cop 
  coming through there.

  When the coast is clear then climb up the pipe that leads to the second 
  floor balcony of the Hotel which is at the south side of the Courtyard. 
  Head along the balcony and Sneak through the open door. There is a person 
  sleeping on the bed and a Waiter Outfit on the floor.

  Change into the Waiter Outfit then Sneak to the door, pick the lock, and go 
  into the hallway (there will be a couple making out but as long as you are 
  dressed as a Waiter then they will cause no problems). Head west and follow 
  the hallway to the room where your ICA Crate is and drop the Diamonds 
  Suitcase here. This will keep it safe until it is time to leave.

  Now it is time to go after Raymond. While in this room then switch to 
  either your Fiber Wire or Poison. Look at your Map to find Raymond. He will 
  be in the upper floors of either the Rock Bar, Salsa Bar, or the Blues Bar.

  The Waiter Outfit will allow you easy access to enter the clubs - you can't 
  enter them unless you are dressed as a patron or employee. You can also 
  just walk in through the front door - the Cops won't care as long as you 
  are appropriately dressed.

  Here is how you approach Raymond in the three clubs (after going through 
  the front door of a bar):

    >>Rock Bar
      ********
        Head to the Kitchen/Restroom area and to the door that leads to the 
        stairs. However, the door is locked and needs to be picked. You need 
        to make sure that the Waiter, who may be standing at the northeast 
        corner of the room, to leave and for the Cook to be standing by the 
        Container before picking the lock.

        When the coast is clear then Pick the Lock and head up. When you get 
        to the top of the stairs then look through the Keyhole of the next 
        door.

        Raymond will have two different patrol patterns inside this room. He 
        will either go through the door in a north-south pattern (stopping by 
        the large dresser) or do an east-west pattern (stopping near the 
        debris). Pick the lock when the coast is clear then enter the room.

        If he does the north-south pattern then Sneak to the dividing wall 
        with the debris then look towards the nearby dresser and wait for 
        Raymond to return. If he does the east-west pattern then Sneak to the 
        south end of the large dresser then wait for him to return. Then 
        Sneak up behind him and Wire/Poison him.

    >>Salsa Bar
      **********
        Head into the Kitchen and right up the stairs. When you get to the 
        door that leads inside the next room then Sneak inside. Just inside 
        the door are a couple of boxes that you should hide behind as you 
        look west. Raymond will go outside then stand by the large light in 
        the middle of the room. When he stops by the light then Sneak up 
        behind him and Wire/Poison him.

    >>Blues Bar
      *********
        Head into the Kitchen and through the door that leads to the stairs. 
        After going through the door then Toggle the Light Switch by the door 
        and hide in the Closet in the corner. You will see a couple head down 
        the stairs and back into the Kitchen. The woman will turn on the 
        light before leaving.

        After that then head up the stairs and to the door. Then check your 
        Map. Raymond will do a northwest-southeast pattern within the room. 
        But, sometimes, he may stand at the northwest corner for a very long 
        time. And there is quite a long distance to him from the door which 
        makes it possible for him to turn around before you can reach him.

        Fortunately, there is a Closet inside. Pick the Lock and Sneak to the 
        Closet if you feel you can make it there. After entering the Closet 
        then check your Map again. If he still hasn't moved or has moved to 
        the southeast end then moved back then head northeast to the south 
        side of the east dividing wall.

        If he still hasn't moved or returned to the northwest end of his 
        patrol then Sneak up behind him and Wire/Poison him.

  After killing Raymond then pick up the Kazo TRG and bring out your 
  Detonator to initiate the Detonator Trick. Next, go back to your ICA Crate 
  to store the Rifle, retrieve the Diamonds Briefcase, and head to your Suit. 
  Stand by the Suit but *DON'T* switch back to it yet.

  Look out for and wait for the patrolling Cop to go through the Courtyard 
  you are in before changing. After getting back into your Suit then head to 
  the Exit Point with the Diamonds Briefcase to successfully complete the 
  mission.

   0=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=0
  / Rocky Mountains \
 /+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+\
| >BDM8. "You Better Watch Out..."                                          0
 \+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+/
                                                        \ Rocky Mountains /
                                                         0=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=0

0=========0
| Overview \
0=======================================================>

  The date: December 24, 2004.

  47's next assignment takes him to the Rocky Mountains. Senator Bingham is 
  being blackmailed by pornography tycoon Lorne de Havilland. Lorne has a 
  compromising video of the Senator's son, Chad. Senator Bingham is in a 
  tight re-election campaign and the video could cost him the election.

  The mission is to eliminate both Lorne and Chad and retrieve the Videotape 
  for the client.

0===================0
| Mission Objectives \
0=======================================================>

  >>Kill Lorne De Havilland.
  >>Kill Chad Bingham Jr.
  >>Retrieve Video Tape.
  >>Escape the Estate.

0=======0
| Reward \
0=======================================================>

  Objectives: $470,000.
  Rating Bonus: $150,000.
  Total: $620,000.

0========0
| Weapons \
0=======================================================>

  >>SLP .40 Pistol
    **************
      Carried by all of the Christmas Guards, most of the Bodyguards, the 
      Mystery Assassin, and inside the Weapons Box on the following floors:

        --Pier Inside
        --Staff Floor
        --Main House - 2nd Floor (Guards Quarters)
        --Studio Floor
        --Helipad

  >>TMP
    ***
      Carried by some of the Bodyguards and inside the Weapons Box on the 
      following floors:

        --Studio Floor
        --Helipad

0==============0
| General Notes \
0=======================================================>

  For this mission I included ways to avoid being seen by the CCTV Cameras on 
  the Pier which will save you some work and how to acquire the CCTV Tape in 
  case you get caught by the CCTV Camera. There is also a Mystery Assassin in 
  this mission. You won't get anything additional for taking her down but 
  I've included an easy means of dealing with her should you want to confront 
  her anyways.

  And I think that Lorne's mansion is one of the coolest mansions I have ever 
  seen in a vidgame.

  If you've spent very little or nothing on upgrading then this is the 
  earliest you can get the "High Roller" Accomplishment on the Xbox 360 and 
  PS3 versions.

       <0+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+<<##0##>>+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+0>

0========0
| The Map \
0=======================================================>

  There are nine levels to the map:

    >>Main House - Terrace
    >>Staff Terrace
    >>Pier
    >>Helipad
    >>Studio Floor
    >>Main House - 2nd Floor
    >>Main House - 1st Floor
    >>Staff Floor
    >>Pier Inside

  The Pier is where you start at and has your primary Exit Point along with 
  your ICA Crate. The Main House - Terrace is where you can find the glass 
  bottomed Jacuzzi and Chad himself. The Staff Terrace is where you can find 
  a Power Switch and see underneath the glass bottomed Jacuzzi. The Helipad 
  has a secondary Exit Point which is a helicopter.

  The Studio Floor has three Points of Interests. The first one, to the 
  northeast, is where you can plant a mine to drop studio lights down onto 
  the floor below. The second Point of Interest, near the center, is where 
  you can find the incriminating Videotape. The last one, to the east, is 
  another Weapons Crate.

  This is also where you can find Lorne wandering about between the Stage and 
  his Bedroom.

  The Main House - 2nd Floor has a Guards Quarters (where you can find the 
  CCTV Tape) and one Point of Interest which is a rock ladder you can climb 
  to reach the roof.

  The Main House - 1st Floor has two Points of Interests. The first one, to 
  the north, is a secret passage through a small waterfall. The second one, 
  to the south, is where you can find a bottle of Aphrodisiac.

  The Staff Floor has two Point of Interests. The first one, on the left, is 
  where you can find the Waiter Outfit. The second one, on the right, is 
  where you can find a Weapons Crate. The Pier Inside Map has one Point of 
  Interest which is the the window that looks into the Guard Room.

0======0
| Intel \
0=======================================================>

  >>Don't expect any presents this year - Santa drinks too much.

  >>The bartender knows how to help improve performance in the grottos!

  >>Waiters often shower in the staff changing room.

  >>Even small, annoying Dogs eat sausages.

  >>The glass-bottomed outdoor Jacuzzi looks down on the Pier 70 feet below.

  >>Among the high society, spiked drinks are all the rage.

  >>Heavy light rigs are installed in the Photo Studio.

  >>Lorne recently hired a former US Air Force helicopter pilot.

       <0+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+<<##0##>>+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+0>

0====================0
| Mission Walkthrough \
0=======================================================>

  For this particular strategy a Pistol is required at the start. An SLP. 40 
  .S Pistol or Silenced Silverballer is highly recommended.

  When you start the mission then you will be by your primary Exit Point on 
  the Pier. Head north onto the bridge and turn right when you get to the 
  end. Head to the nook where your ICA Crate is and quickly Prep your Pistol. 
  Leave the nook and continue east to the southeast corner of the Pier area 
  and you will find a Christmas Guard by the corner of the railing.

  Stop just behind this Guard and against the railing then turn north. You 
  should find the wooden archway leading into the Pier Inside. Just above it 
  is the CCTV Camera which is doing a left-right sweep. Beyond the archway is 
  the window for the Guard Room. Rotate your camera and you should also see 
  the Christmas Guard inside.

  You don't want to get too close to the archway or you may be seen by the 
  CCTV Camera. You can get past it without been caught but it requires  
  certain timing.

  When the Guard turns right and leaves the window then look at the CCTV 
  Camera. When it sweeps almost all the way to the left then quickly run 
  alongside the railing and through the right side of the archway. If you do 
  this right then it will not see you.

  It is important to note that the CCTV Camera and the Guard will not be 
  timed the same on each attempt. The Guard will be away from the window for 
  a short time and sometimes the CCTV Camera will not be in the right 
  position to make a clean run for the door before he comes back to the 
  window.

  This may force you to make your move too soon and you will be caught before 
  the it is all the way to the left.

  However, since it doesn't take you too much out of your way and that the 
  CCTV Tape isn't too hard to acquire, you can ignore the CCTV Camera and let 
  yourself be seen if you wish to do so. This will make it easier in dealing 
  with the Guard.

  When you get past the archway then quickly get up the door, bring out your 
  Pistol, open the door, then Sneak inside. You should find the Guard 
  standing by a vending machine.

  Sneak up behind him and Whip him then look southwest to find the big red 
  button that deactivates the Laser Sensor which is just outside the window. 
  Press the button to deactivate the Sensor then drag the Guard through the 
  door. The first Guard that you passed will be near the center of the Pier 
  area and out of view.

  Drag the Guard through the deactivated Laser Sensor and to the Elevator. 
  Drop him here and grab his SLP .40 Pistol. This Pistol can be used in 
  acquiring the CCTV Tape.

  The reason for dragging the Guard to the Elevator is that the first Guard 
  will come into the Guard Room from time to time so you can't leave the body 
  there. And this will be a good place to leave your Suit.

  Switch into the Christmas Guard Outfit and Call the Elevator. While it is 
  coming down then head back into the Guard Shack, stand between the door and 
  the vending machine, and look south. The first Guard will eventually come 
  into this room. When he stops then Sneak up behind him and Whip him. Leave 
  the body - nobody else comes here.

  Although the Christmas Guard Outfit is a good disguise it won't allow you 
  access to the upper floors where Lorne is located. For that you need a 
  Bodyguard Outfit. Thankfully, there is an easy way to acquire one.

  Go back into the Elevator and enter it then take it up to the Staff Floor. 
  When the door opens then you will see two doors - one ahead of you and one 
  to the right. Take the one on the right to enter a Wine Cellar where you 
  will find a Bodyguard sitting in a chair. Get up behind him, listen for the 
  sound of the door that you came through closing, then Sedate him.

  Then go and change into the Bodyguard Outfit. You will now be able to have 
  full access to everyplace in the Mansion. Go through the door at the 
  southwest corner of the Wine Cellar to enter the Break Room. You should see 
  a Guard sitting in a chair in the southwest corner of the next room.

  There is another Guard that patrols this room and may be standing next to 
  the Weapons Box next to the vending machine. After entering the Break Room 
  then turn right and go through the next door into the stairwell. Turn left 
  after going through the door and go up the stairs. Continue going up then 
  go through the first door you get to which should lead you into the 
  Kitchen.

  On one side of the Stove is a Sausage (you will also find another one 
  on the floor near a trash can). If everything has gone smoothly up to this 
  point then you will see the drunken Santa nearby. Stand by the Sausage and 
  wait for the drunken Santa to leave the Kitchen.

  The Sausage is going to be used against Lorne's small dog. The Dog needs to 
  be knocked out before you can do anything to Lorne otherwise its running 
  around and yapping will attract Guards.

  Killing the dog will not count against your score in any way so it is best 
  to Poison the Sausage and save the last of your Sedative. After Poisoning 
  the Sausage then pick it up, Prep the SLP .40 Pistol you got from the 
  Guard, and go through the door at the east side of the Kitchen.

  Here you will see some filing cabinets to your right and a large sofa to 
  your left. Turn left to find some shelves next to the sofa. Here you will 
  find a bottle of Aphrodisiac. Pick it up then continue east and turn south 
  at the corner.

  Go through the next door and you should see a fireplace to your left. The 
  door you came through is the Staff Only door. At this point, if you got 
  caught by the CCTV Camera, then you will need to do the following:

    >>Acquiring the CCTV Tape
      ***********************
        Right next to the Staff Only door you just came through is a set of 
        curved stairs leading up. When you get to the top then you should see 
        a pair of double doors to your right. Beyond these doors is a small 
        room just outside the Guard Quarters where the CCTV Tape is at.

        There are two Guards to note here. One Guard goes between the two 
        desks within the room (I'll call him the Desk Guard). The second 
        Guard will come in through the south door, stand just inside the room 
        for awhile, then leave, go through the small room, and stand on the 
        Balcony outside (I'll call him the Patrolling Guard).

        Because of the Desk Guard you cannot just walk in and take the CCTV 
        Tape - you'll blow your cover and get attacked. So, in order to 
        safely get the Tape, I will need to knock out both Guards.

        When you go through the double doors then you will see the door 
        leading into the Guards Quarters to your right and the door to the 
        Balcony to your left. On the wall near the Guard Quarters door is a 
        large picture.

        Stand by the picture and wait for the Patrolling Guard to go to the 
        Balcony. You cannot ambush him there - you will seen from below. 
        Therefore you need to ambush him inside. It is best to use the 
        Sedative but you can still Whip him if you wish.

        After the Guard gets onto the Balcony then bring out the Pistol and 
        drop it in front of the picture then back away a couple of steps 
        towards the Balcony and quickly Prep the Sedative or your other 
        Pistol. When the Guard comes over to pick up the Pistol then Sedate 
        or Whip him.

        Prep your Pistol then stand by the door and open it. Then stand just 
        inside the doorway, to keep the door open, and observe the Desk 
        Guard.

        Wait for the Desk Guard to move to either of the two desks then Sneak 
        in and Whip him. Then go over and acquire the CCTV Tape. Go back out 
        and drag the first Guard into the Guards Quarters (so he isn't seen 
        by any other Guard as you leave the area). After that then retrace 
        your way back down to the Staff Only door.

  From the Staff Only door then continue south and turn left at the corner 
  then turn left again to enter the main Bar area. Continue forward through 
  the Bar area and into the hallway that has the flashing heart above it. 
  This leads into the VIP Area. After you go through the hallway then you 
  will enter into a large indoor patio area.

  Continue northwest and you will find a door with a couple of Guards posted. 
  Go though the door and into the Elevator ahead.

  It should be noted that they won't allow Christmas Guards past this door. 
  This is where the Bodyguard Outfit comes in. Take the Elevator up to the 
  Studio Floor. Check your Map to see where Lorne is at. He can either be at 
  the Studio (on the east side of the floor) or on the Balcony to his Bedroom 
  (at the southwest corner of the floor).

  It is best that he be in the Studio so you can set things up. Head to his 
  bedroom then drop the Sausage just inside the door (and Prep a Pistol). 
  Then head to the Balcony. Hang near the west set of doors and wait for 
  Lorne to come to the Balcony. As he is walking to the Balcony then his dog 
  will eat the Poisoned Sausage and will be out of action by the time it gets 
  to the door leading outside.

  Wait for Lorne to stop at the railing then Sneak up to him and push him 
  over. Although there may be Guards down below they can't see you because of 
  the angle and that you are crouched when you are Sneaking.

  After killing off Lorne I now need to go after the Videotape. And to safely 
  do that I need to knock out some Guards first. There are three Guards on 
  this floor. One is inside the room where the Videotape is and goes 
  east-west within the room.

  Another has three stops in his patrol pattern. One stop is inside the 
  Studio (and goes through the room with the Videotape to get there), another 
  is inside the hallway with the Elevator, and the last stop is right by the 
  Bedroom door.

  The last Guard goes between the Studio and the end of the hallway west of 
  the Weapons Crate. It should be noted that if you still need a TMP then you 
  can Sneak up and Whip him at the end of his route in the hallway after you 
  acquire the Videotape.

  Head to the hallway where the Elevator is and stand between the two 
  pictures while looking at the Elevator. The Guard will eventually pass you 
  by and stop just ahead of you. Sneak up to him and Whip him. Leave the body 
  - Lorne is the only other person to go through this room and he is already 
  dead at this point in the mission.

  From here, head south and turn left to find the door that goes into the 
  room with the Videotape. Open the door and Nudge forward a little to keep 
  it open. If you see the Guard when you open the door then wait for him to 
  leave and return before doing anything. The last thing you want to do is 
  have him turn around while you are Sneaking up on him so it is best to 
  wait.

  When he gets back then Sneak up on him and Whip him. Leave the body and go 
  get the Videotape which is on the desk to the south with two active 
  monitors. After acquiring the Videotape then it is time to go after Chad.

  Go back to the Elevator and down to the 1st Floor. Then head back to the 
  Bar area. When you get here look out for a Martini Glass at the corner. 
  This Martini Glass is what is being served to Chad. If it is not here when 
  you get to the Bar then you will have to leave.

  The reason for this is that, on Professional difficulty, you will cause 
  your Threat Meter to creep up if you stand around the Bar and wait. Best 
  thing to do is go out the south door and stand by the railing. Then look 
  left to find the Jacuzzi, with Chad, and the Waiter. When the Waiter walks 
  past then simply follow him back to the Bar.

  You should also see a prompt to Add Aphrodisiac when you approach the 
  Martini Glass. Go ahead and Add Aphrodisiac - even though there are tons of 
  people, including Guards, in the Bar nobody will care, even the Bartender 
  who is looking right at you.

  After that then head back into the VIP Area. Just past the end of the 
  hallway turn right to find the door that leads into the Grotto area. After 
  going through the door then head north where you will find a small 
  waterfall in the next corner. Turn east at this corner and go through the 
  set of double doors.

  Here you will find a couple making out in the hallway. One of them is the 
  Mystery Assassin who is female:

    >>The Mystery Assassin
      ********************
        As noted, there is absolutely nothing to gain by killing her. 
        However, if you insist on facing her then here is the way to do it.

        When the couple breaks up then follow her into the room. Then a short 
        cutscene will play. After the cutscene then she will be behind you. 
        If you do not do anything then another cutscene will play in which 
        she will kill you.

        You also cannot kill her before the first cutscene plays. She is a 
        Civilian until the cutscene plays then, after it, she will become a 
        Target. You have to kill her before the second cutscene. But, as 
        noted, she will be behind you.

        However, the camera will be looking at her. So, *IMMEDIATELY* after 
        the first cutscene ends then go into 1st Person Mode which will 
        instantly turn you around to look at her ugly face. Then quickly 
        Punch her out. She will be pulling out a gun and your cover will be 
        blown as you hit her. After she finishes pulling out the gun then she 
        will fall against the sofa.

        Then Poison her mangy unconscious ass and be done with it. Don't 
        worry about the blown cover - it won't count since you killed her. It 
        is one of the few times you can blow your cover and not get punished 
        for it.

        After killing her then go back into 3rd Person Mode, head to the 
        door, and look through the Keyhole. Wait for the Bodyguard that 
        patrols this hallway to walk right or left past the Keyhole before 
        leaving the room.

  Now put yourself in the northeast corner of this hallway and wait. Chad 
  will eventually be served the spiked drink then leave with a female 
  companion. He will walk past you and enter a room to the south of you. Wait 
  for him to enter and for the door to close.

  Then wait about five seconds, open the door, and let him see you. He will 
  then get up and leave since you performed what could be considered, in this 
  game anyway, "coitus interruptus" on him.

  As he is getting up then head south through the door and run down the 
  stairs ahead of Chad. Eventually you will get to a Balcony which is part of 
  the Staff Terrace floor. Stand at the southwest corner and wait. When Chad 
  stops at this corner then push him over. This will take care of your last 
  objective other than escaping.

  After killing Chad then go to the north side of the Balcony. You can jump 
  over the railing and onto a ledge. Head west along the ledge. This ledge 
  leads to the other side of the Staff Terrace floor. Don't worry about the 
  bats you stir up along the way.

  When you jump over the railing at the other end of the ledge then go 
  through the doors leading inside to the Staff Floor area and to the 
  Elevator that goes back down to the Pier. When you get back down then 
  switch back into your Suit.

  Then go back to the archway and stop. You will need to dodge the CCTV 
  Camera again. Stand at the left side of the archway and look up to find it. 
  When it sweeps right and stops then run out and along the railing. If you 
  do this right then you will not get caught by it.

  Another option, and the main reason for bringing a silenced weapon, is to 
  shoot it then leave. If you got caught and had to get the CCTV Tape then 
  just walk through the archway.

  After safely getting past the CCTV Camera then head to the Exit Point to 
  successfully complete the mission.

   0=+=+=+=+=+=0
  / Mississippi \
 /+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+\
| >BDM9. "Death on the Mississippi"                                         0
 \+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+/
                                                            \ Mississippi /
                                                             0=+=+=+=+=+=0

0=========0
| Overview \
0=======================================================>

  The date: January 12, 2005.

  47's next mission takes him to Mississippi. He is to shut down a gang known 
  as the Gators. The Gators handle the distribution of drugs up and down the 
  Mississippi River. They use a riverboat as their means of moving the 
  merchandise.

  47 is to eliminate the six Gator members and their boss, Skip Muldoon. He 
  is also to retrieve any documents in Skip's safe which is on the upper 
  deck. The upper decks of the riverboat are exclusive to the Gators and are 
  off-limits. Of course, that means little to a professional like 47.....

0===================0
| Mission Objectives \
0=======================================================>

  >>Kill Skip Muldoon.
  >>Kill the Gator Gang (six members).
  >>Retrieve Pictures.
  >>Escape via the Rescue Boat.

0=======0
| Reward \
0=======================================================>

  Objectives: $470,000.
  Rating Bonus: $150,000.
  Total: $620,000.

0========0
| Weapons \
0=======================================================>

  >>Snub Nosed
    **********
      Carried by the Sailors and inside a Weapons Box on the 2nd Deck, Staff 
      Quarters.

  >>Desert Eagle
    ************
      Carried by Skip Muldoon.

  >>Bull .480
    *********
      Carried by most of the Gators and inside a Weapons Box on the 2nd Deck, 
      Staff Quarters.

  >>Shotgun
    *******
      Carried by one of the Gators.

  >>FN-2000
    *******
      Inside one of the rooms on 2nd Deck, Staff Quarters.

  ++Notes
    *****
      There is only one new weapon and it can be acquired easily. All of the 
      other weapons can be easily acquired as well.

0==============0
| General Notes \
0=======================================================>

  This was a tough level to figure out because of all of the Targets and 
  Pistolwhipping needed to ensure a clean Silent Assassin run. The most 
  popular method of getting rid of the Gator on the third floor is by pushing 
  him into the river near the beginning of the mission. But I decided on a 
  different approach and saved him for last.

  One of the irritating things I found at Expert and Professional difficulty 
  was that you could get your Threat Meter in the yellow if you wore the 
  Sailor Outfit in certain areas. But I discovered that if you wore the 
  absolute correct outfit for these areas then you can keep your Threat Meter 
  under control.

  One interesting thing to note that, if you wear the Sailor Outfit and try 
  to go up to the VIP Area, then you will be searched by another Sailor. I 
  wonder why that is?

  Finally, all the Gators will be numbered in the order they will be 
  dispatched.

       <0+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+<<##0##>>+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+0>

0========0
| The Map \
0=======================================================>

  There are five levels to the map:

    >>5th Deck, Gators Private Deck
    >>4th Deck, Restaurant Deck
    >>3rd Deck, Cabin Deck
    >>2nd Deck, Staff Quarters
    >>1st Deck, Engine Room

  The Engine Room deck is where you start and also has your Exit Point. You 
  will start off on the north end and you must make your way through the 
  normally off-limits Staff Quarters deck to get to the Exit Point which is 
  at the south end.

  Your ICA Crate is in a small room not far from where you start. The Engine 
  Room is at the center of the map.

  The Staff Quarters has two Point of Interests. The north one is where you 
  can find a key to the Engine Room. The second is the Weapons Room where you 
  can find the FN-2000 rifle.

  The Cabin Deck has no Points of Interests but you can find one of the 
  Gators standing in the Main Hallway. The VIP Rooms are to the south along 
  with the stairs leading up to the VIP Area. The stairs leading down to the 
  Staff Quarters are at the east central side of this map.

  The Restaurant Deck has two Points of Interests. The north one is where you 
  can find the Cake you can use against Skip. The south one is where you can 
  find a Weapons Crate.

  The Gators Private Deck is where you can find one Point of Interest which 
  is the Safe where the Pictures are kept. Skip and three Gators can be found 
  on this floor.

0======0
| Intel \
0=======================================================>

  >>The Engine Room is off limits to passengers - the Furnace is a dangerous 
    workplace.

  >>Man over board - the wild waters of the river will cause certain death.

  >>The Captain's cake is being prepared in the Galley in the rear of the 4th 
    deck.

  >>Only the 1st Class Pursers are allowed in the Gators Private area.

  >>The lower class Kitchen prepares food for both the tourists on board as 
    well as the Gators on the top deck. Extra flavor could be added.

  >>The boss has received some heavy duty hunting gear from a business 
    alliance. The present is kept secure at the Staff Quarters.

       <0+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+<<##0##>>+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+0>

0====================0
| Mission Walkthrough \
0=======================================================>

  When you start the mission then you will be on the north end of the 1st 
  Deck facing the main stairs leading up to the 3rd Deck. Go southeast past 
  the pillars then angle south and go past the Power Switch. When you get 
  past the Power Switch then angle southwest to find the door that leads into 
  the Engine Room. Directly north of it is a large group of crates.

  Quickly Pick the Lock then stand by these crates, look directly at the 
  door, and Prep your Poison. After awhile Gator #1 will appear and will go 
  through this door. When he opens the door then bring out your Poison and 
  run towards him as he goes through it.

  When you catch up to him then quickly Poison him. Then drag him behind one 
  of the two nearby boilers and grab his Bull .480 (you'll need it). Then go 
  back outside and head back to where you started.

  From here, run up the stairs and turn right at the next platform then go up 
  the rest of the stairs. When you get to the top then run left and go south 
  along the side of the boat. Run until you get to a door then go through it. 
  You will be in the middle of the boat at this point.

  Continue forward and turn right at the corner to go south along the Main 
  Hallway here on the Cabin Deck. Run through the set of double doors to 
  enter the VIP Rooms area. Continue forward and turn left at the next 
  corner.

  If you are in the right place then you should see a Restroom. Go into the 
  Restroom and enter the first stall on your right. Stand in front of the 
  toilet but stay just far back to keep the door open. If you get close 
  enough to the toilet and let the door close then you may be pushed out of 
  position later.

  When you are in position and waiting then Prep the Bull .480. Shortly after 
  you enter the stall then a Purser will go into this stall and take a piss. 
  When he starts pissing then Grab him and move him off to the right then 
  Whip him, exit the stall, and close the door. This will prevent him from 
  becoming a problem for the next step in this mission.

  Now go into the other stall and stand by the toilet but staying just far 
  back to keep the door open. After awhile a Sailor will enter the Restroom 
  and use this stall. Grab him, move him off to the left, then Whip him and 
  change into the Sailor Outfit.

  After changing into the Sailor Outfit then go back into the other stall and 
  grab the Master Keycard from the unconscious Purser.

  Exit the Restroom and go through the Staff Only door directly west of your 
  position. Ahead of you is a White Trellis that can be climbed up to the 4th 
  Deck. At the top of the Trellis is the west end of a curved walkway that 
  goes around the south end of the boat. It also has the stairs that go up to 
  the 5th Deck and a Weapons Crate that sits underneath them.

  Gator #2 also patrols this deck. He will go from the Galley on the west 
  side, stop by the railing just underneath the stairs, head into the VIP 
  Area at the east side, then go back to the Galley.

  You cannot be seen climbing the Trellis but, once you are on top, then you 
  won't have any problems. However, as you climb, look up and north. You will 
  see part of the 5th Deck and may spot a 1st Class Purser or one of the 
  other Gators. As long as he is standing still or out of view then you 
  should be okay.

  A major reason for climbing the Trellis is because if you went up the 
  stairs leading up to the VIP Area then you will be searched and suspicions 
  may be raised, especially at the higher difficulty levels. Climbing the 
  Trellis to access the 4th Deck will allow you to safely bypass that.

  After you climb up to the 4th Deck then go into the nearby corner and look 
  south down the walkway. Eventually you will see Gator #2 head in your 
  direction then go through a door into the Galley. You should be too far 
  away, even at Professional difficulty, to spook him. When he goes inside 
  the Galley then head forward but stop by the life preserver.

  When he exits then wait a couple of seconds and proceed forward and close 
  the door. Continue forward and follow him but not too closely. Eventually 
  you will find the stairs leading up and a Weapons Crate underneath. Gator 
  #2 will stop to smoke for a bit.

  When you get to the stairs then Sneak under the stairs and continue towards 
  his back. As you get close to him then bring out your Pistol and Grab him 
  but *DON'T* push him over. Instead, sidestep left just past the pole then 
  Drop Body (which will throw him over the railing).

  Why do this? Because if you just push him over then he will land on the 
  Engine Room deck by the Exit Point. The body may be found by either a 
  Sailor or Purser down there. By Grabbing him and moving him to the left 
  past the pole then he will land in the water instead allowing for easier 
  disposal.

  In addition, although you could stand underneath the stairs and ambush him 
  when he stops, it is not recommended at Professional difficulty. More than 
  likely he will just turn to look at you instead which will make it very 
  difficult or impossible to ambush him properly. That is why it is best to 
  Sneak up behind him this way.

  After killing Gator #2 then place the Bull .480 in the nearby Weapons Crate 
  as you will not need it for the rest of the mission. You should also Prep 
  the Sedative. The reason for that is because there is something I am going 
  to do which will make things easier on the upper deck. 

  And that will be ambushing the 1st Class Purser that goes between the 5th 
  Deck and to the Kitchen. He provides Burgers to the Gators up there and 
  will leave when the plate is empty. Ambushing him will make things easier 
  later.

  At this point in the mission he can either be on the 5th Deck or in the 
  Kitchen on the 4th Deck. At Professional difficulty then he will be on the 
  5th Deck.

  The reason for this is that at the higher difficulty levels his patrol is a 
  little more frequent, sometimes leaving without the plate, and thus his 
  timing is different. There are two ways to go about ambushing him depending 
  on where he is:

    >>Kitchen
      *******
        Head along the east side of the 4th Deck and you will find the door 
        that leads inside the VIP Area. Stand at the end of the walkway up 
        against the north wall and look south so the door is to your right. 
        When the Purser goes through the door then close the door and follow 
        him.

        Pull out your Sedative and run to catch up to him. Sedate him in 
        mid-stride and drag his body to the Weapons Crate. The reason for 
        this is that there is a Guard just below and he may see you if you 
        try to change into the 1st Class Purser Outfit.

        Dragging the body to the Crate immediately after the ambush will keep 
        him from getting involved.

    >>5th Deck
      ********
        Head up the east set of stairs to the 5th Deck, stop when you get 
        near the top, and look north. You should see a bench and a brown door 
        above it. You will also see some Gators going in and out of the door.

        When you finally see the 1st Class Purser go through the door then 
        quickly go back down then stop next to the stairs between the second 
        and third post for the stair-rail. Then enter Sneak Mode and wait. 
        When the Purser walks past you then Sneak forward.

        Get directly behind him, bring out the Sedative, then get out of 
        Sneak Mode and run up behind him so you can Sedate him before he gets 
        too far. The reason for doing it this way is because he is very 
        sensitive at higher difficulty levels and will stop and turn around 
        if you don't Sneak up on him first. After ambushing him then drag him 
        to the Weapons Crate.

  When you get him to the Weapons Crate then change into the 1st Class Purser 
  Outfit and head along the west side of the deck to enter the Galley. Pick 
  the Cake up from the nearby table then head back to the Weapons Crate. Drop 
  the Cake then Poison it and pick it back up. From here, head up to the 5th 
  Deck.

  When you get to the top of the stairs then head north towards the door to 
  find Gator #5 standing guard. He will stop you so you can be searched. This 
  is why you needed to get rid of the Bull .480. After being searched then go 
  through the door. You will be in a small hallway with two doors. Go through 
  the one on the left to enter the Restroom.

  Go to the southwest corner and drop the Cake, stand in front of the toilet, 
  Prep your Fiber Wire, and wait. In addition to Gator #5 by the door there 
  are two additional Gators patrolling the Private Deck.

  Gator #4 will go through the main Recreation Room and head north into 
  Skip's Office area. Then he will head through the Bedroom and go outside. 
  Then he will head south, stop at the southeast corner of the building for 
  awhile, then head back inside.

  Gator #3 will patrol the east side of the building then go inside. He will 
  stand inside the Recreation Room for a bit then head into the Restroom 
  before heading back outside. Skip himself will go inside the Bathroom to 
  the east, back into the Office, go into the Bedroom, then outside before 
  going back inside.

  When Gator #3 goes to use the Restroom then Wire him when he stands at the 
  toilet. Leave the body since nobody else goes in here. Now go into the 
  Recreation Room.

  Since you knocked out the 1st Class Purser this will make it easier to get 
  rid of Gator #4. Make sure that Gator #4 isn't in the Recreation Room then 
  go to the Light Switch to the south side of the room, turn it off, back up 
  just a little, then Prep the Fiber Wire.

  When Gator #4 re-enters the Recreation Room then he will turn the lights 
  back on. As he is trying to do so then quickly bring out your Fiber Wire 
  and kill him. Then drag his body into the Restroom just to be safe. Turn 
  the lights back on if you killed him before he toggled the switch.

  From here, head back out past Gator #5, get close to the thin pillars, then 
  turn around and head to the stained glass window for the Restroom. Stop 
  here and look east towards Gator #5. Wait for him to stand with his back to 
  you then Sneak up and Wire him. You can either leave the body or drag him 
  inside.

  If you want the Shotgun then grab it and place it inside the Weapons Crate. 
  Just to be safe you should use the east set of stairs going down because of 
  the 1st Class Purser at the west side of the deck.

  Go back inside and retrieve the Cake. Head to the door leading into Skip's 
  Office, stand to the left, and open the door. Make sure that Skip's "bitch" 
  (as it's stated in the Target Info) is in the Bathroom before entering. 
  Place the Cake on the desk and leave the room. Stand by the door and wait. 
  Skip will eventually sample the Cake and die shortly thereafter.

  Go back inside the Office and drag his body into the northwest corner of 
  the Recreation Room (to make sure it isn't found by the "bitch" if he 
  somehow leaves the Bathroom). Grab the Desert Eagle from Skip, as it will 
  be your new Pistolwhipping weapon, then head into the Bedroom and open the 
  Safe to Retrieve the Pictures.

  After that then leave and head down to the 4th Deck. Instead of going down 
  the Trellis I am going through the VIP Area. Head along the east side of 
  the deck and go through the door at the end. You should see the stairs 
  leading down and with the Sailor that would search you standing at the top.

  Just walk past him and head down to the 3rd Deck. Since you're going down 
  and not up then they will not cause any problems. I still need to go after 
  Gator #6 but I am going to clear the way to the Exit Point first so I can 
  safely get to it in my Suit and acquire a new weapon in the process.

  Head north past the Restrooms where your Suit still is and through the 
  double doors going into the Main Hallway. Ahead of you, past the hallway 
  junction, is Gator #6 and his Girlfriend enjoying themselves. They won't 
  break up unless you approach them. I prefer to leave them this way until I 
  want them to break up.

  This is also why I went on the walkway alongside the boat instead of going 
  through the Main Hallway near the beginning of this mission - so I wouldn't 
  break them up too soon.

  When you get to the hallway junction then take a right and head for the 
  door leading outside. Right by the door is the stairs going down to the 
  Staff Quarters. Go down the stairs and through the Staff Only door. Since 
  you are already dressed as a 1st Class Purser then you should have no 
  problems.

  Just right after you enter you should see a door to your left. Go through 
  it and you should see a Closet at the north side of the room. Stand five 
  feet from the Closet and look north at the right side of it. Eventually an 
  Engineer will come into the room and stand in front of you. Whip him when 
  he does.

  He goes between the Engine Room and this room and getting rid of him will 
  make for one less person in the hallways. Change into his Outfit which will 
  make it easier on you when you are down near the Engine Room.

  At Professional difficulty, if you go down there in any other Outfit then 
  your Threat Meter can creep up pretty quickly if you are looked at too long 
  by any Sailor or Engineer inside the Engine Room area.

  After acquiring the Engineer Outfit then leave the room and turn left to 
  find the main hallway on this floor. Proceed south until you see two 
  Sailors come out to meet in the hallway and then go back around the corner 
  and out of view.

  Wait until you see them break up before proceeding. On rare occasions if 
  you pass them by when they are in the hallway they may get stuck, meaning 
  that they remain in the hallway, and force you to either reload from a 
  saved game or restart. By staying back then you can prevent this and make 
  sure they break up.

  After they return to their respective rooms then head south down the 
  hallway. On the wall to your right, as you proceed, you will find two 
  doors. The first door is the Weapons Room. We'll come back here later. The 
  second door, and the one to go through, is the Locker Room. The room will 
  be dark but leave the lights off.

  Head to the north to find some lockers. You will also find a Purser Outfit 
  laying on a bench. Stand between the Purser Outfit and the partially open 
  locker while looking west. Eventually another Sailor will enter this room 
  and stand in front of you at the end of his route.

  Whip him and leave the body. This will make for one less person wandering 
  the Staff Quarters deck. You can also take his Snub Nosed Pistol if you 
  want. Leave the Locker Room and turn right to go back south.

  At the junction, turn left and proceed through the next door. This will 
  lead you to the stairs down to the Engine Room deck. Go down the stairs and 
  turn 180-degrees to find the next door. Go through the door to enter a 
  T-shaped room. Hug the wall to your left, go to the middle of this room, 
  then stand and look north while in 1st Person Mode.

  A Sailor will eventually come into this room. If you wore a different 
  Outfit then your Threat Meter will rapidly increase as he approches. The 
  Engineer Outfit will keep that in check. He will stop in one of two places 
  within this room. When he stops then sidestep to get behind him then Sneak 
  up and Whip him. Then head to the west door. Go through it and stop.

  Near the top of the door is a light. Head south along the wall and stop 
  when you get to the *FIFTH* light then look south. Eventually a Purser will 
  come and stop by the railing. Sneak up behind him and Whip him.

  And, by Whipping this Purser, then you have also eliminated the last person 
  that roams the Staff Quarters and the south end of the Engine Room deck. 
  This completely clears the way for you to safely come back down later with 
  your Suit.

  I still need to change into the Purser Outfit to safely get at Gator #6. 
  But I'm not going to do that yet. There are a couple of things I am going 
  to do first.

  Head back up into the Staff Quarters and to the door of the Weapons Room. 
  Look through the Keyhole. You should see the back of a Sailor looking at a 
  wall. Sneak through the door, get up behind him, and Whip him. You should 
  see a FN-2000 on a nearby table with a Rifle Suitcase on the floor. Leave 
  that for now.

  Go back up to the Restroom and change back into your Suit. Then go back 
  down to the Staff Quarters. The thing here is that, even though you can be 
  seen heading down the stairs by Sailors and Civilians, nobody will say 
  anything unless they see you go through the Staff Only door at the bottom 
  of the stairs which is unseen from above.

  But this is not a problem since you have taken down the only two people who 
  either go through or near this door (the Sailor you ambushed in the Locker 
  Room and the Engineer). When you get back down then go into the Weapons 
  Room. Grab the FN-2000 and the Rifle Suitcase (to put it in) then go back 
  down to the unconscious Purser.

  Switch into the Purser Outfit which will also drop the Rifle Suitcase. By 
  doing this I have now placed the FN-2000 and the Suit very close to the 
  Exit Point. Now it is time to go after Gator #6.

  From here, head up to the Cabin Deck and approach Gator #6. Both him and 
  his Girlfriend will go into the nearby room. Go up against the opposite 
  wall and look at the door. After a short conversation then the Girlfriend 
  will leave.

  Wait a few seconds then go through the open door, take a couple of steps, 
  and stop. If you wait too long and the door closes then use the Master 
  Keycard you obtained earlier to open the door. When the door closes then 
  Sneak up behind him and Wire him. Then quickly leave the room and close the 
  door. From here, run back to the Staff Quarters.

  When you get down here then run to your Suit, change back, and grab the 
  FN-2000 then run to the Exit Point to successfully complete the mission and 
  before the Girlfriend finds the body of Gator #6.

   0=+=+=+=+=+=0
  / Mississippi \
 /+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+\
| >BDM10. "...Till Death Do Us Part"                                        0
 \+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+/
                                                            \ Mississippi /
                                                             0=+=+=+=+=+=0

0=========0
| Overview \
0=======================================================>

  The date: February 17, 2005.

  The same client that 47 helped in the last mission has another mission for 
  him in the same area. 47 is to infiltrate a wedding party and kill the 
  father of the bride and his son-in-law. He is also to protect the bride as 
  he goes about his business.

0===================0
| Mission Objectives \
0=======================================================>

  >>Kill the Groom.
  >>Kill the Bride's Father.
  >>Ensure the Bride's safety.
  >>Escape.

0=======0
| Reward \
0=======================================================>

  Objectives: $500,000.
  Rating Bonus: $150,000.
  Total: $650,000.

0========0
| Weapons \
0=======================================================>

  >>Six Shooter
    ***********
      Carried by some of the Guests, Gangmembers, John "Pappy" LeBlanc, the 
      Groom, and inside a Weapons Box on the 2nd Floor.

  >>Shotgun
    *******
      Carried by some of the Guests, Gangmembers, and inside a Weapons Box on 
      the 2nd Floor.

  >>Elephant Rifle
    **************
      Inside Pappy's room on the 2nd Floor.

  ++Notes
    *****
      There are two new weapons here and both can be easily obtained. 
      However, one thing about the Elephant Rifle is that, even though nobody 
      will freak out if you are seen with it, you will create a lot of 
      Witnesses as you travel to the ICA Crate to store it which will greatly 
      impact your rating.

      But this can be used to your advantage if you are playing the Xbox 360 
      and PS3 versions. You can use this quirk to get lots of Notoriety 
      safely and easily for one of the Accomplishments:

        >>"Notorious" Accomplishment (Part 1)
          ***********************************
            It is best to do this on the Normal difficulty level on your 
            initial attempt since you will need to do a lot of killing in the 
            next mission.

            Do the mission as instructed but with the following changes:

            After you obtain the Priest Outfit then head to the base of the 
            spiral staircase south of the Kitchen door. You need to have the 
            Gangmember Outfit to properly acquire the Elephant Rifle safely.

            From the bottom of the spiral staircase, head north back into the 
            Kitchen and turn right. Go through the next door and go through 
            the door to your left that goes outside.

            When you get outside then head east towards the Boat House. It is 
            okay to go through here since this is how the Priest arrived. Go 
            through the double doors and turn right. Continue forward and 
            turn left at the corner. Continue forward and stop near the next 
            doorway. You may see a Gangmember at the northeast corner near 
            the boat through the doorway.

            Wait for him to leave then head to the northeast corner, stand up 
            against the chain, and look south towards the boat. When he comes 
            back here then Whip him. Leave the body, change into the 
            Gangmember Outfit, and retrace your way back to the spiral 
            staircase inside the Mansion.

            Proceed through the rest of the mission as written and kill both 
            the Groom and Pappy. After killing Pappy then grab the Elephant 
            Rifle off of the wall nearby.

            From here then you need to be seen by as many people as possible 
            before leaving with the weapon. Go *EVERYWHERE* in and around the 
            Mansion grounds. This will ensure that you get as many Witnesses 
            as possible. When you have done this then finish the mission - 
            don't worry about your Suit.

            If you still need a Shotgun for your weapons collection then go 
            to the ICA Crate to store the Elephant Rifle. Then go to the 
            platform where the Guests are shooting at the Alligators. Wait 
            for one of them to place the Shotgun on one of the crates. Grab 
            it then head to your Exit Point.

            You can safely get up to 62 Notoriety points by doing this (I've 
            gotten 77 Witnesses during one attempt). Then max out the rest of 
            your Notoriety Rating by Rampaging your way through the next 
            mission, "A House of Cards".

0==============0
| General Notes \
0=======================================================>

  Compared to the last mission this one was a breeze. However, it was very 
  frustrating at first. No matter what I was doing I kept getting lots of 
  Witnesses (anywhere from 12 to 23). After doing some research on Google I 
  found that it was because of the Elephant Rifle.

  My initial strategy included always obtaining the Elephant Rifle. And, by 
  walking towards the ICA Crate, I was unknowingly creating Witnesses. The 
  game states that the people aren't going to be alarmed if you are seen with 
  a weapon but didn't say that you would create problems for your rating.

  After playing one time without obtaining either the Elephant Rifle and/or 
  Shotgun I earned an easy Silent Assassin rating. However, the weapon can be 
  acquired without generating Witnesses using the Detonator Trick and this 
  walkthrough has been rewritten with that in mind.

  Most people tend to Poison the Wedding Cake to kill the Groom but I prefer 
  to drop a Chandelier on him. Less risky if done correctly. I also prefer to 
  kill Pappy inside his room rather than risk being seen outside trying to do 
  him in.

  One final thing - depending on what version of the game you have the Groom 
  can either be just the "Groom" or "Buddy Muldoon". For this walkthrough I 
  will just use the "Groom" name.

       <0+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+<<##0##>>+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+0>

0========0
| The Map \
0=======================================================>

  There are four levels to the map:

    >>Mansion, Attic
    >>Mansion, 2nd Floor
    >>Mansion, 1st Floor
    >>Outside

  The Outside Map is where you start and you will be next to your primary 
  Exit Point which is at the south end of the Map. A secondary Exit Point is 
  at the Boat House at the northeast side.

  The only Point of Interest is the Wedding Bell just south of the Mansion. 
  There is also a Guards Quarters at the northwest side near the Family 
  Graves.

  The 1st Floor has nothing of interest but has the Greenhouse, to the west, 
  and the Reception Area, to the north. The 2nd Floor also has nothing of 
  interest but has a Guards Quarters at the northeast corner. Pappy's room is 
  near the southwest corner of this floor.

  The Attic has a Power Switch and three Point of Interests. These are the 
  Winches that you can use to drop Chandeliers onto the 1st Floor when 
  properly mined.

0======0
| Intel \
0=======================================================>

  >>Guns and shooting in outdoor areas don't make Rednecks panic.

  >>The water is home to Alligators.

  >>The Priest rings the Wedding Bell to announce the ceremony.

  >>The Father's recently deceased brother is buried at the family graveyard.

  >>The Groom can't keep himself from the whipped cream on the Wedding Cake.

       <0+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+<<##0##>>+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+0>

0====================0
| Mission Walkthrough \
0=======================================================>

  When you start the mission then you will be right next to your Exit Point 
  and looking out towards a platform with several Guests shooting at 
  Alligators. Proceed forward and follow the walkway until you can head north 
  onto the Mansion grounds.

  When you get onto the grass then look to your left to find a drunken Guest 
  staggering around. He is heading to the burned out building you passed on 
  your way to the grounds. Turn left to find a bridge going into the burned 
  out building. Go south into the building and wait at the northeast corner. 
  Eventually the drunken Guest will stagger his way inside.

  Then he will sit down and pass out. Go up to him and change into the Guest 
  Outfit, pick up the Six Shooter (for your weapons collection), and the very 
  important Party Invitation. You won't be allowed in without it regardless 
  of Outfit.

  After this then speed walk north past the dance floor and through the main 
  entrance of the Mansion. You should see the main stairs leading up. To the 
  right of the stairs you may find the Bride standing there. Head north along 
  the right side of the stairs and turn right at the corner. Ahead of you you 
  should see a door marked Private. This is the Kitchen.

  Now comes the trickiest part of this mission. The timing can be random 
  between certain Guests, the Priest, the Waiter (that goes into the Kitchen 
  and the Reception Area), the secondary Waiter (who goes between the Boat 
  House and the Kitchen), and the Groom.

  You need to go through the Kitchen and to the room to the south without 
  being seen. Usually, you will encounter the Groom just as he leaves the 
  Kitchen or just before he leaves. The Priest has just gone ahead of you 
  through the Kitchen and to the south room. Both Waiters are well outside of 
  the Kitchen.

  When the Groom passes you by then look behind you to make sure that the 
  coast is clear. You also need to look out for Guests heading to and from 
  the Restroom at the west side of the floor.

  When everything is good then go through the Kitchen and through the next 
  door on your right. Just as you step through the door then immediately 
  stop. Look to the east to find another door. If your timing is good then 
  you may find it open. This is because there is a Gangmember that opens this 
  door from time to time.

  By standing in the doorway then you can't be seen by him. After the door 
  closes then turn west and follow the corner. You should see two doors - one 
  to the west (which is another Private door) and one to the south. Open the 
  south door and Sneak inside.

  If everything has gone well then you should see the Priest standing inside 
  this room enjoying a quick drink. If not then go into the Walk-In Closet at 
  the north side of the room, close the doors, and look through the Keyhole.
  When he is in the room then Sneak up behind and Whip him. Change into the 
  Priest Outfit and leave the body.

  It should be noted that, if he is not in the room and you hide in the 
  closet and you have waited a long time, then it is because the Priest has 
  become stuck inside the Reception Room and won't come to you. Restart if 
  this happens - thankfully this problem is very rare (only happened once on 
  the PS2 version).

  The Priest Outfit will give you more access around the Mansion but not 
  everywhere. In addition, by knocking out the Priest, then you have also 
  prevented the wedding ceremony from taking place. Of course, if you want, 
  you can perform the ceremony yourself for some additional fun.

  From here, head to the bottom of the spiral staircase just south of the 
  Kitchen door. Go up the spiral staircase then head up all the way to the 
  Attic. As noted there are three Winches that you can sabotage - two to the 
  north and one to the south.

  The one you want to mine is the one at the *NORTHWEST*. After planting the 
  Mine then head to the spiral staircase at the west side of the floor and 
  head down to the 2nd Floor. When you get to the 2nd Floor then head west 
  towards a door that leads outside. As you get to it then you should see a 
  door to your left.

  Pick the Lock of this door and you should enter an L-shaped room. Go 
  forward to the next door and stop. Check your Map to look for your Targets.

  The Groom will go outside to the front of the Mansion and shoot some 
  bullets in the air, go back inside and to the Kitchen to sample the Wedding 
  Cake, then into the Reception Room to play the Piano before heading back 
  outside.

  Pappy will start from his room, go downstairs to the Greenhouse, then go 
  outside to the Family Graves before heading back inside and to his room. If 
  you are wearing the Priest Outfit at this point then Pappy should be 
  walking past the Guards Quarters towards the Family Graves. Walk into 
  Pappy's room to find a Walk-In Closet and a regular Closet.

  Go inside the Walk-In Closet, pull out your Detonator, and look at your Map 
  for the Groom. When he stops at the Piano (at the northwest side of the 
  Reception Room) then Detonate the Mine and the Chandelier will come 
  crashing down on him, killing him and creating an Accident.

  At this point everybody will go nuts trying to find out what happened (and 
  your Threat Meter will go yellow). After about a minute then bring out your 
  Fiber Wire and go into the regular Closet. You cannot ambush Pappy from the 
  Walk-In Closet - he will see you.

  Eventually, as Pappy does his thing and slowly heads back to the Mansion, 
  then things will calm down (in essence he becomes a timer to let you know 
  when things are good again). By the time Pappy sits back down in his chair 
  then things will completely calm down and your Threat Meter should be back 
  down to nothing.

  If, by chance your Threat Meter is still yellow when Pappy returns to his 
  room, this is more than likely because a Guest has become stuck somewhere 
  on the Map. This will *NOT* negatively affect your score so don't sweat it. 
  On the Original Xbox version the Threat Meter will stay yellow until you 
  leave the Mansion.

  When Pappy returns to his chair then get out of the Closet, Sneak up 
  behind, and Wire him. After killing Pappy then grab the Elephant Rifle on 
  the nearby wall and bring out the Detonator to initiate the Detonator 
  Trick. From here, head back up to the Attic the same you way came then go 
  back down the east stairs and to the 1st Floor. Then head back through the 
  Kitchen and out the main doors.

  Next, head to the ICA Crate by going around the tent and jumping over the 
  short fence. Store the Elephant Rifle then go through the tent and back to 
  your Suit. After you change into your Suit then head to your primary Exit 
  Point to successfully complete the mission.

   0=+=+=+=+=0
  / Las Vegas \
 /+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+\
| >BDM11. "A House of Cards"                                                0
 \+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+/
                                                              \ Las Vegas /
                                                               0=+=+=+=+=0

0=========0
| Overview \
0=======================================================>

  The date: June 9, 2005.

  47 now finds himself in Las Vegas. For this mission he is take down a trio 
  of Targets.

  The first is Sheikh Al-Khalifa who is buying DNA specimens from another 
  Target, a South Afrikaner named Hendrik Schmutz. The third Target is a 
  Scientist, Tariq Abdul Lateef, who will verify the merchandise before 
  payment is rendered.

  The deal is going down at one of the Sheik's Casinos, the Shamal. It is 
  under heavy security so it will take some doing for 47 to accomplish his 
  goals.

0===================0
| Mission Objectives \
0=======================================================>

  >>Kill Sheikh Al-Khalifa.
  >>Kill the Scientist.
  >>Kill Hendrik Schmutz.
      --Steal Diamonds.
  >>Escape.

0=======0
| Reward \
0=======================================================>

  Objectives: $675,000.
  Rating Bonus: $150,000.
  Total: $825,000.

0========0
| Weapons \
0=======================================================>

  >>SLP .40 Pistol
    **************
      Carried by the Guards, some of the Sheik's Bodyguards, and inside the 
      Weapons Box at the Guards Quarters on the following floors:

        --Lobby
        --7th Floor
        --8th Floor

  >>SLP .40 .S
    **********
      Carried by Hendrik Schmutz.

  >>TMP
    ***
      Carried by some of the Sheik's Bodyguards and inside your ICA Crate.

  ++Notes
    *****
      If you did not acquire a TMP earlier then you can get one automatically 
      by just leaving it inside your ICA Crate inside Room 701. In addition 
      to the TMP you will also find an RU-AP Mine and Sniper Ammo within the 
      ICA Crate.

0==============0
| General Notes \
0=======================================================>

  An interesting mission to say the least. There are many different ways to 
  go after your Targets.

  The easiest way to kill Hendrik Schmutz is to wait for him to get to the 
  Elevator and Strangle him from above. However, it will be awhile from the 
  start of the mission before he gets to it. But I found a way to make use of 
  that time and acquire some valuable items to be used in the later parts of 
  the mission before killing him.

  I also went for a more hands-on approach to killing the Scientist instead 
  of sniping or blowing him up. Same for the Sheik.

  For those playing the Xbox 360 and PS3 versions here is the next part of 
  obtaining one of the Accomplishments:

    >>"Notorious" Accomplishment (Part 2)
      ***********************************
        If you did everything correctly in the previous mission then you will 
        obtain this Accomplishment here. To complete acquisition of this 
        Accomplishment you should have the following:

          ++Silverballer
              --Extra Ammo
              --Magnum Ammo
              --Large Clip
          ++Pain Killers
          ++Adrenaline
          ++Flexible Flak Vest

        When the mission starts then go through the entrance and turn right. 
        Then turn left and head to the guarded Staff Only door. Bring out 
        your Silverballer and kill the Guard to get things started. Quickly 
        Pick the Lock and go through the door then go through the door after 
        that.

        You'll enter into a long hallway that is part of an L-shaped room. Go 
        to the end and hang around the corner. This will be perfect for 
        killing all of the approaching Guards. Both yourself and the Guards 
        fire right handed.

        But, because of where you are standing, you can shoot them before 
        they can shoot you. This makes it easier to keep your health under 
        control.

        Go into 1st Person Mode and position yourself where you can see the 
        wall where the door is but it should be between the corner and the 
        Closet. This will give you a good angle to kill the Guards as they 
        approach. Keep the gun aimed high for headshots.

        When the Guards stop coming then go and grab all of the SLP .40 
        Pistols to keep them from being picked up by others. In addition, the 
        chaos you are creating will keep the Scientist and the Sheik in the 
        Lobby making them easier to kill.

        Sometimes, though, the Scientist may actually make it to the 8th 
        Floor. In this case, grab the Keycard from Henrik when you kill him 
        so you can get to the 7th Floor then use the Trellis to climb to the 
        8th Floor so you can get at the Scientist.

        From the Staff Only room, head out and attract the attention of 
        Bodyguards and other Guards that didn't already try to go after you. 
        Go back to the Staff Only room, hang around the corner again, and 
        pick them off as they approach.

        Once all of the Guards are gone then go after your Targets. Then go 
        into the Bar and kill the two Guards there. Do *NOT* kill any 
        Civilians - you want to have Witnesses. After the last Guard is dead 
        then run all around the Casino and Lobby area with your weapon out. 
        Make sure that when you go into the Casino that you are seen by the 
        CCTV Cameras.

        Then complete the mission and you will successfully acquire this 
        Accomplishment. Then go back to the previous mission and start 
        cleaning up your score.

       <0+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+<<##0##>>+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+0>

0========0
| The Map \
0=======================================================>

  There are five levels to the map:

    >>8th Floor
    >>7th Floor
    >>Casino
    >>Lobby, 1st Floor
    >>Outside

  The Outside Map is where you start and has one Point of Interest which is 
  the Balcony that has the Trellis that you can use to climb up to the 8th 
  Floor.

  The Lobby has a Guard Quarters and one Point of Interest which is the 
  Surveillance Machine where you can get the CCTV Tape (if you need to do 
  so). The Casino floor has one Point of Interest which is additional Staff 
  Only doors. There is a Guard Quarters to the southeast and the main Lounge 
  is to the northeast.

  The Casino itself is in the center and you will be recorded on CCTV if you 
  go there.

  The 7th Floor has one Point of Interest which is a drunken woman who will 
  let you into her room. Your ICA Crate is in Room 701. There is also a 
  Guards Quarters near the center. The 8th Floor has no Points of Interests 
  but does have a Guards Quarters near the center. The room for the Scientist 
  is to the northwest.

0======0
| Intel \
0=======================================================>

  >>It would be wise to check in at the reception as one of the first things 
    you do at the Casino.

  >>Security is very tight in high profile casinos, so staff have Keycards 
    which only provide access to the floors they work on.

  >>As requested, we have left an Agency Pickup in your hotel room, #701.

  >>The casino has strict fire-safety procedures. Easily accessible fire 
    alarms are located on the top floors.

  >>It's important to find good vantage points. Room balconies may provide 
    this.

  >>The VIP Lounge has been reserved all day by the Sheikh - only waiters are 
    allowed in this area.

  >>There is no cell phone coverage inside the Casino to prevent cheating. 
    Anyone receiving a call has to step outside.

  >>The items used in the trade are carried around in an ordinary looking 
    suitcase so they don't catch too much attention.

       <0+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+<<##0##>>+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+0>

0====================0
| Mission Walkthrough \
0=======================================================>

  For this particular strategy a Pistol is required at the start. Any Pistol 
  will do.

  When you start the mission then you will be outside the Hotel. Run forward 
  and through the main entrance.

  When you get inside the Lobby then run to the Reception Desk at the east 
  side of the floor. Talk to the person behind the counter to get your room 
  key (Keycard Room 701). You need the room key to access the 7th Floor or 
  you will not be allowed to use the Elevators.

  You will need to get up to the 8th Floor as well but your Keycard will not 
  allow you access to that level. If you do not have an appropriate Keycard 
  for that floor and you manage to take the Elevator up to that floor then 
  the Guards posted by it will demand you leave.

  You will need to Sneak up there from the 7th Floor and acquire a Keycard 
  for the 8th Floor to allow for easy access. This is what I am going to do 
  while I am waiting for Hendrik Schmutz to get to the Elevator so I can 
  ambush him.

  After acquiring your Keycard then run north up the nearby stairs to an 
  Elevator. There are two Elevators - one to the west and one to the east.
  The one you are running up to is the East Elevator and the one I will be 
  using exclusively for this mission (this is also the Elevator that Hendrik 
  will be using).

  Get inside the East Elevator and take it up to the 7th Floor. As you are 
  riding the Elevator then Prep your Pistol. When you get to the 7th Floor 
  then exit the Elevator, turn left, then run left again at the corner. You 
  should see a Civilian walk east along the main hallway at the east side of 
  the floor.

  Run north and turn left at the next corner. You should see a Guard ahead of 
  you turning the next corner. At the north side of this hallway are two 
  large doors. These doors lead out onto the Balcony that has the Trellis 
  that you can use to climb up to the 8th Floor.

  However, there is a member of the Casino Staff having a leisurely smoke at 
  the west side of the Balcony. Go up to the west door and open it then 
  sidestep left as it opens. This is to make sure that he doesn't turn around 
  on you.

  When the coast is clear then Sneak up behind him and Grab him. Then go back 
  into the hallway and head west then turn south at the corner. Continue 
  south and you will find a Staff Only door to your left. Go through the door 
  and you will find a Container.

  Whip the Casino Staff person, grab the 7th Floor Keycard (the master key 
  for this floor), then dump him into the Container. Then Prep your Sedative, 
  leave the Staff Only room, and head to the Balcony.

  Get to the still open door then stop. Near the other door is another 
  Civilian. Wait for him to leave then go onto the Balcony and climb the 
  Trellis which is between the two doors. Go east along the ledge and into 
  the open window. There is a Guard that patrols this floor but, because of 
  how things are timed, he will not be near this window.

  When you get through the window then head west and turn left at the corner. 
  Ahead of you, to the left, is another Staff Only door. In the small room is 
  another Casino Staff member. He has an unusual pattern in that he will be 
  seated in a chair at the north end of the room then get up, travel south 
  about ten feet, and return to his chair. Looking through the Keyhole will 
  do no good in trying to determine when he is up and about.

  Instead, open the door, Nudge forward about a step to keep the door from 
  closing, and look north. You should see him at the south end of his route 
  but the door will keep him from seeing you. When you see him head north 
  back to his chair then Sneak in. Go up to him, Sedate him, grab the 8th 
  Floor Keycard (the master key for this floor), and dump him into the nearby 
  Container.

  While you are doing this then the Scientist will have arrived on this 
  floor. Before leaving the Staff only room have a quick look at your Map. 
  Wait for him to get just past the door of Room 801 before leaving.

  As you leave the Staff Only room then you should see his back as he heads 
  down the hallway to his room (Room 803). Stay distant from him and head to 
  Room 801. There is something I need to do here to make things easier later 
  on in the mission.

  Use the Master Keycard to open the door. There is a Civilian in this room 
  that you need to knock out which will make it easier for you to leave after 
  killing the Scientist later in the mission.

  If the timing is right then he should be in the Bathroom and you won't be 
  seen as you enter the room. Go to the coffee table within the Living Room 
  to find a Bottle. Quickly Sedate it, drop your Pistol just inside the 
  doorway, and leave.

  You need to be unarmed before you can visit Sheikh Al-Khalifa. But you 
  still need the Pistol for later after you deal with the Sheik. This will 
  put it in a safe place and near where you need to be. Another option is to 
  take the SLP .40 .S Pistol from Henrik's body before dealing with the 
  Scientist instead of going back to Room 801.

  After leaving the room then go back to the East Elevator. Because the 
  Guards did not see you enter through the window and that you have the 8th 
  Floor Keycard then they will not cause any problems for you. Enter the 
  Elevator and take it down. Climb the Hatch, bring out your Fiber Wire, 
  stand at the edge of the Hatch, and wait.

  By doing all of the above work before Hendrik arrives at the East Elevator 
  then you will have gained the Master Keycards for both the 7th and 8th 
  Floors thus allowing you full access to both levels and all of the rooms 
  within.

  After about a minute or so then Hendrik will finally enter the East
  Elevator. When he enters and the Elevator goes up then Strangle Hendrik 
  which will put him on the top of the Elevator and safely out of view. There 
  is no need to change into his clothes. After killing Hendrik then drop down 
  into the Elevator as it continues up.

  Exit the Elevator when it stops and head to Hendrik's room - Room 707. Use 
  the Keycard and enter the room to find the DNA Briefcase. Grab the DNA 
  Briefcase and go back to the East Elevator. Go back down to the Lobby then 
  to the Casino floor.

  When you get down to the floor then angle northeast towards the doors that 
  lead to the hallway for the Restrooms. Go north through this hallway to 
  enter the Lounge area. Head to the north end to find a couple of the 
  Sheik's Bodyguards who will search you.

  After the search then angle northwest to find the Sheik himself. After a 
  couple of short cutscenes then you will have to wait as a Courier from the 
  Scientist's room comes down to retrieve the DNA Briefcase and takes it back 
  up.

  Then wait some more as he comes back down with the Payment Briefcase. All 
  the while you will have to listen to the Sheik tell you how "this is a 
  large Casino". Irritating. Of course, during this time, you can go to the 
  restroom or get a snack/drink. That's what I do. At least it's better than 
  listen to his yammering about his Casino.

  After a few minutes then the Scientist will call the Sheik but the 
  reception is poor because of the anti-cheating measures. He will then head 
  to the roof so he can complete the conversation. Follow him up. As you head 
  up the stairs then you will see your Threat Meter go yellow but you are a 
  friend of the Sheik so you're cool. Eventually your Threat Meter will go 
  down as you continue up.

  You will finally get to the roof and the Sheik will complete the call. As 
  he heads back inside then keep close to him. When you reach the top of the 
  stairs then push him down. He may or may not die in the fall. If he does, 
  fine. If not, then Poison him.

  From here, head back into the Lounge, grab the Payment Briefcase, and go to 
  the Exit Point at the west side of the Casino floor. After going through 
  the second set of doors then drop the Briefcase. It will be safe here.

  After this then go back to the East Elevator and up to the 8th Floor. 
  Either climb back up through the Hatch to obtain the SLP .40 .S Pistol from 
  Henrik while you're going up or go back to Room 801 to find the now Sedated 
  Civilian and pick the Pistol you dropped earlier. After obtaining the 
  Pistol then head to the Fire Alarm west of Room 801.

  The Scientist never leaves his room - that is, unless forced to. When you 
  get to the Fire Alarm then pull it, run north, and turn left at the corner. 
  Continue forward and stop at the next Fire Alarm.

  You should see the Scientist and most of his Bodyguards pass you by. But 
  don't do anything yet. One of the Bodyguards is a straggler so wait for him 
  to pass you and go around the corner you just came from before making your 
  move. After he gets out of view then run into the Scientist's room.

  Go into the Bathroom through the south door, close it, and stand by it. 
  Bring out your Pistol, switch to your Map, and wait. Eventually the Fire 
  Alarm will stop and everybody will return to their rooms. Then the 
  Scientist, and a Bodyguard, will return to the Living Room.

  After a few seconds then the Scientist will go north into the Bedroom. When 
  he does then get out of the Map, open the door, Sneak into the Living Room, 
  then turn left. You should find the Bodyguard just standing there. Sneak up 
  to him and, by the time you get to him, then the door to the Bedroom will 
  have closed.

  Grab the Bodyguard, quickly move him into the Bathroom, then Whip him. As 
  you are Whipping the Bodyguard then the Scientist will go back into the 
  Living Room. Open the door and, while using it as a shield, look east. When 
  the Scientist stops then bring out your Poison, Sneak up behind him, and 
  kill him.

  Although you can get him in the Bedroom it is better to kill him in the 
  Living Room.

  If you try to kill him in the Bedroom then there is a slight chance that 
  one of the patrolling Guards on either the 7th or 8th Floor may see you out 
  of a window at the north side of their patrol route and they will come up 
  to attack you. I found this out the hard way during a Professional 
  difficulty run.

  But nobody can see you in the Living Room so it is safer to kill the 
  Scientist here. With the Scientist dead then it is just a matter of getting 
  back out of the heavily guarded room. Near the Bedroom door is another door 
  that leads out onto the balcony for this room. Go out onto the balcony and 
  go south to the privacy divider.

  Then jump to the balcony to the east which is the one for Room 801. After 
  jumping onto the balcony then go through the room and into the hallway. 
  Then go back to the East Elevator and take it down then head back down to 
  the Casino floor. Then go to the Exit Point, pick up the Payment Briefcase, 
  and run to the Limo to to successfully complete the mission.

   0=+=+=+=+=0
  / Las Vegas \
 /+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+\
| >BDM12. "A Dance with the Devil"                                          0
 \+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+/
                                                              \ Las Vegas /
                                                               0=+=+=+=+=0

0=========0
| Overview \
0=======================================================>

  The date: August 15, 2005.

  The Agency is finished. Somebody has been killing off the other agents and 
  all that remains is Diana and 47.

  But there is one more mission to accomplish before the end. 47's last 
  mission takes him to another part of Las Vegas. He is to infiltrate an 
  illegal rave and take down a dirty CIA Agent. That Agent is Anthony 
  Martinez. He is also meeting with a known arms dealer, who is also a bit of 
  a showgirl, named Vaana Ketlyn.

  They are to close out a deal during this party. They are also romantically 
  linked. But that is not the only thing to deal with. There are going to be 
  other assassins there as well. However, those assassins are not after 
  Anthony or Vanna. They are after 47.

  Presumably they are part of a rival group known as The Franchise. In 
  addition to taking down his assigned Targets, 47 is to find out who these 
  assassins are and take them down as well.

0===================0
| Mission Objectives \
0=======================================================>

  >>Kill Anthony Martinez.
  >>Kill Vaana Ketlyn.
  >>Retrieve information.
      --Kill Eve.
      --Kill Maynard John.
  >>Escape.

0=======0
| Reward \
0=======================================================>

  Objectives: $570,000.
  Rating Bonus: $150,000.
  Total: $720,000.

0========0
| Weapons \
0=======================================================>

  >>SLP .40 Pistol
    **************
      Carried by the Office Guards, the Heaven Guards, and inside the 
      Weapons Box at the Guards Quarters on the following floors:

        --Basement (northeast corner of the floor)
        --Ground Floor and Garage
        --Top Floor

  >>Desert Eagle
    ************
      Carried by the Hell Guards, Anthony Martinez, Vaana Ketlyn, Eve, inside 
      a Weapons Box at the northeast corner of the Basement floor, and inside 
      the Torture Chamber.

  >>FN-2000
    *******
      Carried by Anthony Martinez inside the Rifle Suitcase.

  >>MP5
    ***
      Carried by a couple of the Hell Guards, Maynard John, inside a Weapons 
      Box at the northeast corner of the Basement floor, and inside the 
      Torture Chamber.

  >>MP7
    ***
      Inside the Torture Chamber.

  >>Dragunov
    ********
      Inside the Rifle Suitcase in the office at the south end of the Top 
      Floor.

  ++Notes
    *****
      No new weapons but all can be very easily acquired.

0==============0
| General Notes \
0=======================================================>

  This is an interesting level in that you have to go through two different 
  theme parties to get at your Targets. The easiest place to get at Anthony 
  Martinez is at the Heaven Party. One aspect to him is that he will 
  eventually go down to the Hell Party to meet with Vaana.

  However, he will *NEVER* go down unless you get up to the Heaven Party in 
  the Heaven Party Outfit. This seems to set off some kind of timer in 
  regards to him going down to the Hell Party. You can use this to your 
  advantage.

  Most people like to ambush him in the restroom at the north side of the Top 
  Floor. However, I find that to be a bit risky since it is possible that he 
  may head to the Elevator while you are waiting in position for him. This is 
  in addition to the fact that a couple of people go in and out of this room.

  I prefer to just take the time and wait for him to come to the Elevator so 
  I can Strangle him through the Hatch. That way I don't risk any Bad Things 
  happening and I can preserve a Silent Assassin run, especially at 
  Professional difficulty.

  In addition, you can confront both Eve and Maynard John before acquiring 
  the Information which will make them Targets on the Map. Interestingly 
  enough, Eve and Maynard John will appear on the Map as Civilians even at 
  Professional difficulty.

  What I will do is go up to the Heaven Party to start the timer for Anthony 
  then go down to the Hell Party to kill Maynard John which will speed things 
  up because I am making efficient use of the time I would have spent waiting 
  for Anthony to use the Elevator.

  I also found a way to easily get rid of Maynard without the need for 
  firearms. Unfortunately, I was unable to find a way to get quietly deal 
  with him without entering the Torture Chamber.

  Finally, I also managed to safely get rid of all of the Office Guards that 
  patrol the Garage so I can move about freely down there.

       <0+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+<<##0##>>+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+0>

0========0
| The Map \
0=======================================================>

  There are four levels to the map:

    >>Basement
    >>Ground Floor and Garage
    >>Atrium Terrace
    >>Top Floor

  The Ground Floor and Garage is where you start and has your Exit Point 
  which is located on the north side of the Garage. This level has two Points 
  of Interests.

  The first one, to the northeast, is where you can find the Heaven Guest 
  Outfit that will allow you access to the Heaven Party on the Top Floor. The 
  second one, near the center, is the Guard Shack where you can find the 
  Surveillance Machine that has the CCTV Tape.

  This level also has a Guards Quarters and your ICA Crate. There is a small 
  Elevator Room situated at the south side of the Garage. The Basement is 
  where the Hell Party is located. The main dance floor is in the center.

  The lone Point of Interest is the Food Elevator that is connected to the 
  Top Floor and where items can be dropped in from above. The Torture Chamber 
  is at the southwest corner of this floor.

  The Top Floor is where the Heaven Party is located. There are two Points of 
  Interests on this floor.

  The first one, to the north, is the Food Elevator where you can drop things 
  into the Basement. The second PoI, to the south, is where you can find the 
  Laptop that contains the Information on the assassins laying in wait for 
  you.

  The Top Floor also has a Guards Quarters where you can find some weapons.
  The Atrium Terrace has nothing of particular interest but can be used as a 
  possible sniping point.

0======0
| Intel \
0=======================================================>

  >>Trailers arrived earlier with decorations for the parties.

  >>Information about who is trying to kill you might be found on a laptop on 
    the top floor.

  >>Don't go for a swim in the shark tanks at the Hell Party.

  >>Be careful playing with pyrotechnics - they could kill someone.

  >>Bartenders are usually well informed.

  >>Look out for the singer at the Heaven party. Looks can be deceiving.

  >>The devil is never to be trusted.

  >>There is a food Elevator which might be used to transport more than just 
    food.

       <0+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+<<##0##>>+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+0>

0====================0
| Mission Walkthrough \
0=======================================================>

  For this particular strategy a Pistol is required at the start. Do *NOT* 
  bring an SLP .40 Pistol - any other Pistol is fine. The Flak Jacket may 
  also be recommended if you haven't already bought it.

  When you start the mission then you will be outside the large building. 
  Prep your Pistol and head north through the front doors. You will 
  automatically be seen by the CCTV Cameras as you enter. Continue forward to 
  the main desk and Talk to Receptionist.

  Then follow him through the Staff Only door into the Guards Quarters. 
  Eventually he will lead you to a small room north of here. When he stops 
  then Whip him and change into the Office Guard Outfit. Go back into the 
  Guards Quarters and to the Weapons Box at the northeast corner of the room. 
  Pick up both of the SLP .40 Pistols to empty the Box then stand behind the 
  nearby chair and Prep your Sedative.

  After a short time then you will see an Office Guard come in and sit in 
  this chair. Sedate him then drag him to the small room where you left the 
  first Guard. Prep your SLP .40 Pistol and leave the Guards Quarters. Turn 
  right and head east until you get to another door which leads into the Fire 
  Exit.

  Go down the stairs and through the double doors. Here you will be in the 
  Garage. Ahead of you to the east you should see in the far background a 
  large limo. You will also see four Guards by the two Elevators that go to 
  the two major parties.

  From this door then turn left and head north past the two vehicles. You 
  should then see a railing and, at the west end, a set of stairs going down 
  to the lower Garage level. Go down the stairs and turn right. You should 
  see another limo at the far background and the back end of the van which is 
  your Exit Point.

  Just ahead of you, though, is a short incline. There is also an Office 
  Guard that patrols this area but he isn't seen at this point. Go up this 
  small incline and you should see a car to your left. Bring out your SLP .40 
  Pistol and drop it by this car. Then run back up to the Guards Quarters and 
  to the Weapons Box.

  Prep your other Pistol and wait (do *NOT* use the Sedative). It will take 
  awhile but the Office Guard on the lower Garage level will find the dropped 
  Pistol and take it to the Weapons Box.

  When he bends down to put the weapon in the Box then Whip him. Leave the 
  Guards Quarters and walk through the front doors. Do *NOT* run through the 
  front doors - the Guards in the Guard Shack will see you with the CCTV 
  Camera and they will come out to attack you if you run.

  Turn left and walk towards the Guard Shack. If everything has gone right up 
  to this point then you should see one of the two Office Guards in the Shack 
  outside of it taking a smoke. If, by some chance he is not, then stand some 
  distance away and wait for him to exit the Guard Shack.

  When he is in position then walk until you are about fifteen feet away from 
  him then Sneak up and Whip him. Then Prep your Sedative, go inside the 
  Guard Shack, and Steal Video Tape from the Surveillance Machine.

  From here, head north and turn right at the corner. Head towards the 
  Elevator Guards and you should see a car to your right as you walk past the 
  wall. You will also see an Office Guard standing near it. Turn the next 
  corner then stop in the next.

  The Office Guard may turn around but that is okay since he will turn back 
  around again. Sneak behind the car and go up to him then Sedate him. Do 
  *NOT* try to Whip him. He may make enough noise to alert the Elevator 
  Guards and you will be attacked. This is why you need to save the last of 
  your Sedative for him.

  After Sedating the Office Guard then Pick the Lock of the nearby door which 
  opens into the Elevator Room. Drag the Office Guard into the Elevator Room 
  which will hide him.

  And, by Sedating this Guard, then you will have cleared out the entire 
  Garage of all of the patrolling Guards which will make going through this 
  area a lot easier.

  Now it is time to go up to the Heaven Party but you will need a disguise.
  Head northeast while keeping distant from the Elevator Guards and to the 
  east side of the lower Garage level. Here you will find the Spring Valley 
  prop rental van.

  Behind it, on the ground, is the Heaven Guest Outfit. However, I am not 
  going to change into it yet. There is something else I will do first.
  To the northwest of the Heaven Outfit is another limo and three trailers. 
  To the west of the trailers is a pillar.

  Behind the pillar is a Hell Guest who is throwing up something fierce. I 
  will need his Outfit to access the Hell Party. Go to the Heaven Outfit then 
  head straight north and turn left at the corner. Go west behind the 
  trailers then enter Sneak Mode when you get to the last one.

  Turn left past the last one to find the sick guest. Sneak up behind him and 
  bring out your Pistol. Because of the way he is bent down it will take a 
  few seconds to get the prompt to Grab him. When you are able to Grab him 
  then Whip him. Change into the Hell Guest Outfit then head back to the 
  Elevator Room.

  Go to the Sedated Office Guard and change into his Outfit which will place 
  the Hell Guest Outfit in the Elevator Room. Then head back out to the 
  Heaven Outfit and change into it.

  Although you can drop your weapons and get frisked by the Elevator Guards I 
  prefer to avoid them and keep my hardware. Go back to the Elevator Room and 
  climb the ladder. The first Elevator you come to is the one that leads up 
  to the Heaven Party. Carefully drop down through the Hatch and take the 
  Elevator up.

  When you get to the Top Floor then proceed forward into the main stage 
  area. At this point you may see a scantily dressed woman on stage singing a 
  song. Or, at least, trying to.

  That woman is Eve, one of your Targets but you haven't got her to appear as 
  one on the Map yet. For now just stay in this area for about thirty seconds 
  then return to the Elevator and head back down to the Garage floor.

  While all of this is going on then Anthony Martinez will enter the main 
  stage area, head backstage, go to the restroom, go to the window on the 
  east side of the floor, then back to the main stage area. After about four 
  to five minutes of waiting then he will finally head to the Elevator. I 
  will be using this time to go after Maynard John at the Hell Party.

  When you get back down to the Garage floor then leave the Elevator through 
  the doors and go back into the Elevator Room. Change into the Hell Guest 
  Outfit then climb the ladder and go to the far Elevator which is the one 
  that leads down to the Hell Party.

  When you get down to the Hell Party then find Maynard John. You can't miss 
  him - red outfit, red face, white hair. He is usually near the Bar or at 
  the stairs leading down to the dance floor. When you confront Maynard then 
  you find that this cocky little bastard wants to take on 47 in a duel.

  This duel is to be held in a room known as the Torture Chamber. Follow him 
  and he will take you there. After you get inside the Torture Chamber then 
  you will get another cutscene. After that then you will find yourself by a 
  table with an MP7 and a Desert Eagle.

  The room has a fence around the center and you are outside of it. The 
  outside of this room is also segmented. In addition, this room is also 
  soundproofed (although you can hear someone making out just outside the 
  door).

  If you go south and turn the corner then you will find a gate that won't 
  open until Maynard moves to the next section of the room. You will find 
  shelves with vases on them but they only provide temporary cover since they 
  can be broken up by gunfire.

  Although the game wants you to use guns for this duel you can easily use 
  the Poison and not even get hit by gunfire in the process since you are not 
  opening yourself up to return fire.

  As you begin, there is also a large concrete pillar next to the table where 
  you start. Stand behind the pillar. On the opposite side of this room is 
  another large pillar. Maynard is going to be behind this pillar.

  In some dumbass fashion he will try to shoot at you but will shoot into 
  this pillar instead. While he is firing then bring out your Poison. After 
  he empties about three clips then the lighting will change and he will move 
  to another part of the room. When he starts moving then run south and turn 
  the corner.

  Go through the now open gate and head to the pillar that Maynard was firing 
  into earlier. Find the bullet holes and stand *EXACTLY* by them. The reason 
  is that he will be firing at an angle from the next room and, by standing 
  next to these bullet holes, then he cannot hit you.

  When the lighting changes again then turn left to look at the gate. When 
  the gate opens up then run through it, turn right, turn right at the next 
  corner, then stop inside the wall corner and look south. You should see the 
  last gate leading into the center of the room which is closed. The wall 
  will protect you from Maynard's gunfire.

  Wait until the gate opens and for Maynard to be seen at the desk ahead of 
  you. When he pauses to reload then run at him. When you get to him then he 
  will run to the other desk in this area. Keep close to him as he runs from 
  desk to desk and he will not be able to fire on you. As he continues to run 
  then keep close to his backside and you will be able to easily Poison him.

  Duh, ownage! Heh.

  Grab the Storage Key from Maynard's dead body and his MP5 (if you still 
  need one). You can also go back to the table and grab the Desert Eagle and 
  MP7 as well. Unlock the door and go back to the Elevator. Take it up to the 
  Garage level and climb the Hatch. Bring out your Fiber Wire and wait.

  After about a minute then Anthony will call the Elevator up to the Heaven 
  Party. Then he will come down and enter the Elevator below you.

  Sometimes, however, if you look at your Map, you may find Eve and Anthony 
  stuck. If this happens then get back into the Heaven Guest Outfit and go 
  back up just long enough to get them unstuck then go back down and wait at 
  the top of the Elevator for the Hell Party.

  When Anthony enters the Elevator and it starts to go down then Strangle him 
  through the Hatch. After that then change into the CIA Agent Outfit which 
  will allow you to access almost everyplace without suspicion. When the 
  Elevator doors close then gently climb down - leave the Rifle Suitcase for 
  now. Exit the Elevator and be on the lookout for Vaana.

  Vaana will start on the dance floor then head towards the T-shaped stage, 
  which is above a large shark tank, at the east side of this floor. Then, 
  after performing, which involves pyrotechnics, she will go back to the 
  dance floor. There are two methods to getting rid of her:

    >>The "Never Let Her See Your Face" Method
      ****************************************
        Get up to her before or after her performance and she will motion you 
        to follow her. She will lead you into the Throne Room which is east 
        of the Bar. Go inside and she will tell you to take off your mask. 
        Instead, Punch her out then Poison her unconscious body. Move her 
        body to the Throne, just to be safe, before leaving.

    >>The "Ooops! Did I Do That?" Method
      **********************************
        Go backstage to find the double doors leading to the T-shaped stage. 
        To the left of the doors is a Pyrotechnics Machine. You can rig the 
        Pyrotechnics to kill Vaana in an Accident at the end of her 
        performance. Although there is a Hell Guard nearby he doesn't seem to 
        care about you messing around with equipment.

        However, just to be safe, make sure he isn't standing right at the 
        machine before tinkering with it.

  After dealing with Vaana then head back to the Elevator and pick up the 
  Rifle Suitcase. Then take the Elevator back up to the Garage. The Rifle 
  Suitcase contains the FN-2000 assault rifle. If you did not acquire this 
  weapon from the mission "Death on the Mississippi" then it is very easy to 
  get here.

  Open the Elevator doors and go west then back out to the front of the 
  office building. Head to your ICA Crate at the west side of the entrance.
  Select the Rifle Suitcase to bring out the FN-2000 then store it in the ICA 
  Crate. After that then head back to the Elevator for the Heaven Party. Take 
  it back up and turn right.

  You should see the doors for the Restricted Area ahead of you. Go through 
  them and you should see the next set of doors which should be to your right 
  near the end of the hall. They will open into a large office that is used 
  by Eve. Depending on your timing she may be finished with a performance and 
  heading back to the office.

  Quickly enter the office and do a 180-degree turn left around the door. 
  Stand at the wall between the door and the picture and look southwest. 
  Bring out either your Fiber Wire or Poison (if you have any left) and wait.

  When she returns to the office then she will stand by the door and with 
  her back to you. Close the door, Sneak up to her, and Wire/Poison her. Then 
  drag her to the nearby window so she isn't seen when you open the door to 
  leave. After killing her then head to the curved desk at the south end of 
  the office. On one end is the Laptop with the Information you require.

  Go to the Laptop and acquire the Information which will show Eve and 
  Maynard John on the Map as Targets (even though they are already dead). On 
  the other end of the desk is another Rifle Suitcase - this one has a 
  Dragunov Sniper Rifle.

  After acquiring the Information then grab the Rifle Suitcase (if you still 
  need the Dragunov), exit the office, and head back to the Elevator. Go back 
  down to the Garage, head to the ICA Crate to store the Dragunov (if you 
  grabbed it), then get your Suit.

  Then go back through the Fire Exit and to the stairs down to the lower 
  Garage level. From here, head to your Exit Point to successfully complete 
  the mission.

       <0+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+<<##0##>>+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+0>

  As 47 drives off to parts unknown he is surprised by a stowaway, Agent 
  Smith, who happily greets him. Unfortunately, 47 doesn't take too kindly to 
  unwelcome passengers and manages to stop the van while smacking around 
  Smith.

  As 47 puts a gun to Smith's head he gives the Agent an opportunity to 
  explain himself. Smith needs 47's help in a matter of major importance. The 
  President is being targeted for assassination by the group that wants to 
  make cloning illegal and keep it to themselves. Smith does not want that to 
  happen and feels that 47 is the best person for the job.

  However, 47 isn't going to do this for free. But Smith informs 47 about the 
  diamonds in the back and more that can he given to him. This convinces 47 
  to do the job for Agent Smith and that leads into the next mission....

   0=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=0
  / Washington D.C. \
 /+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+\
| >BDM13. "Amendment XXV"                                                   0
 \+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+/
                                                        \ Washington D.C. /
                                                         0=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=0

0=========0
| Overview \
0=======================================================>

  The date: September 22, 2005.

  The President is in line to be assassinated by his own Vice President. The 
  same group that put him into the Vice Presidency wants to put him in the 
  Oval Office. Agent Smith does not want this to happen and that is why he 
  has brought in Agent 47. The President is currently in Los Angeles and will 
  be killed when he returns unless 47 stops them.

  However, the assassins, and Vice President, are already inside the heavily 
  guarded White House.....

0===================0
| Mission Objectives \
0=======================================================>

  >>Kill Mark Parchezzi III.
  >>Kill the Vice President.
  >>Escape.

0=======0
| Reward \
0=======================================================>

  Objectives: $400,000.
  Rating Bonus: $150,000.
  Total: $550,000.

0========0
| Weapons \
0=======================================================>

  >>M14
    ***
      Carried by most of the Marines and inside the Weapons Box at the Guards 
      Quarters on the following floors:

        --East Wing
        --Main Building, 1st Floor

  >>SLP .40 Pistol
    **************
      Carried by some of the Marines, some of the Secret Service, and inside 
      the Weapons Box at the Guards Quarters on the following floors:

        --East Wing
        --Main Building, 1st Floor
        --West Wing, 2nd Floor

  >>MP5
    ***
      Carried by the Secret Service and inside the Guards Quarters in the 
      West Wing, 2nd Floor.

  >>Desert Eagle
    ************
      Inside the room next to the Guards Quarters on the West Wing, 2nd 
      Floor and carried by Vice President Morris.

  >>Nailer
    ******
      Carried by a pair of Carpenters at the east side of the Main Building, 
      2nd Floor.

  ++Notes
    *****
      The M14 is the last weapon to collect in the game and can be easily 
      acquired. If you have been good at collecting weapons in the Xbox 360 
      version then you will finally earn the "All Firearms Collected" 
      Accomplishment.

0==============0
| General Notes \
0=======================================================>

  This one was easy for awhile before I got to Professional difficulty. Then 
  it became frustrating.

  Even though I was doing well I kept getting Professional ratings instead of 
  Silent Assassin. I was using the "Enemy Mined" strategy to kill both the 
  Vice President and Parchezzi but that doesn't work on Professional because 
  you will hurt your rating if any bodies are found outside of an Accident.

  Of course, both bodies are always found after blowing them up.

  Even though you can hide the VP's body you cannot do the same for Parchezzi 
  so it became important to find a way to kill him without attracting the 
  attention of Marines and Secret Service that could end up finding him. 
  Although there are a lot of CCTV Cameras inside the Main Building you can 
  get the CCTV Tape early on in the mission before they can record you.

  One irritating thing about this mission - when you kill Parchezzi there is 
  a bug in the engine that will cause the PIP Cam to turn itself back on if 
  you turned it off. I always keep it off because I find it distracting - and 
  why this bug is irritating to me. On the PS2 version it may turn back on 
  from the beginning of the mission.

  Finally, by successfully completing this mission in the Xbox 360 version 
  then you will also acquire the "Rookie/Normal/Expert/Professional Mode 
  Complete" Accomplishments.

       <0+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+<<##0##>>+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+0>

0========0
| The Map \
0=======================================================>

  There are ten levels to the map:

    >>West Wing, Outside
    >>West Wing, Roof
    >>West Wing, 2nd Floor
    >>West Wing, 1st Floor
    >>Main Building, Basement
    >>Main Building, 2nd Floor
    >>Main Building, 1st Floor
    >>East Wing, Outside
    >>East Wing, Roof
    >>East Wing

  The East Wing, Outside is where you start and has both your Exit Point and 
  ICA Crate.

  The East Wing has a Guards Quarters and two Points of Interest. The first 
  one, inside the Guards Quarters, is where you can find the Main Building 
  Keycard and the Surveillance Machine that has the CCTV Tape. The second 
  one, in the Museum, is a laser system that can be triggered to create a 
  distraction.

  The Main Building, 1st Floor has a Guards Quarters and is where the Vice 
  President's office is. The Main Building, 2nd Floor has two Points of 
  Interest. The first one, to the west, is where you can find a Carpenter 
  Outfit. The second one, to the east is where you can find a Toolbox.

  The Main Building, Basement connects the East and West Wings with the Main 
  Building.

  The West Wing, 1st Floor has one Point of Interest which is a Weapons 
  Crate. The Oval Office, where Parchezzi can be found, is at the southeast 
  corner of the Map. The West Wing, 2nd Floor has a Guards Quarters and a 
  Point of Interest which is where you can find a Secret Service Outfit and a 
  Desert Eagle.

0======0
| Intel \
0=======================================================>

  >>The Guards here will open fire if weapons are detected by the metal 
    detectors.

  >>Any confiscated weapons at the museum entrance will be stored away by 
    security.

  >>The White House is surrounded by an iron gate - which varies in height.

  >>Guards will respond if the laser system in the Museum is triggered.

  >>The 1st Lady has a dog, which is regularly taken for a walk in the 
    backyard.

  >>The Oval Office has been the setting for many historical meetings.

  >>Carpenters working in the main building have put up scaffolds for 
    renovation purposes.

       <0+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+<<##0##>>+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+0>

0====================0
| Mission Walkthrough \
0=======================================================>

  For this particular strategy a Pistol is required at the start. An SLP .40 
  .S or Silenced Silverballer is *STRONGLY* recommended. Because of the metal 
  detectors you will need to find a way to get it inside.

  When you start the mission then you will be outside of the East Wing by a 
  large tour bus. Go north to the end of the area and turn left to find your 
  ICA Crate just around the corner of the building. Place your Pistol into 
  the Crate then head back around and go through the metal detectors to enter 
  the Museum.

  Go straight ahead to find a Marine guarding a double door just past the 
  velvet rope. Go past the velvet rope and turn left towards a door while 
  keeping away from the Marine (get too close and he'll warn you).

  Go through the door to enter a Restroom. Stand by the toilet and wait. One 
  of the Museum Staff will come inside to take a piss. When the door closes 
  then Sedate him. Then drag his body into the northwest corner of this 
  Restroom. Twirl his body in either direction until he is up against the 
  west wall as much as possible.

  After that then change into the Museum Staff Outfit. Then walk out of the 
  door while executing the command to close it (this will get the door to 
  close quickly behind you as you exit to lessen the chance of the body being 
  seen).

  Now go through the double doors to enter a short hallway. Go through the 
  door to the left to enter the Guards Quarters. Head to the south side of 
  this room to find a desk. On the desk is a Surveillance Machine with the 
  CCTV Tape and a Main Building Keycard. Take the Keycard and Steal Video 
  Tape.

  Now, you're probably wondering why not just take an SLP. 40 Pistol from the 
  nearby Weapons Box. This is because, if you do that, even if you are 
  wearing a Marine Outfit, you will be attacked by the Marine sitting at the 
  desk. Stupid, I know.

  After this then exit the Guards Quarters and angle northwest to enter a 
  single door that goes into a Locker Room. Head north and go through the 
  door on your left to enter the Kitchen. Proceed through the Kitchen and you 
  will find a Kitchen Knife on the counter (you probably won't need it but it 
  should be pointed out in case you want to play with it). Go through the 
  door at the end to get back outside.

  Stand at the east side of the door and look north. A Marine patrols this 
  area. He will slowly patrol outside, then go through a door east of you, 
  quickly go through the Locker Room and Kitchen, and heads back outside.

  When he comes back outside then wait for the door to close and Sneak up 
  behind then Sedate him. Change into the Marine Outfit and grab the M14. Go 
  through the door to the east to go back inside. Head south to go through 
  the next door to get back into the Museum.

  Go back outside then to the ICA Crate. Store the M14 and this should 
  complete your weapon collection (if you have acquired all of the other 
  weapons beforehand). Retrieve your Pistol then go back inside and through 
  the double doors guarded by the Marine. Continue west and go through the 
  next double doors to enter a large breakroom.

  Go through the next double doors to enter a long hallway with a glass wall 
  to your left. At the end is another double door but it is keycarded. The 
  Main Building Keycard will open this door. After going through this door 
  then you will be inside the Basement of the Main Building. Speed walk 
  through here and go through the next door that leads into the 1st Floor of 
  the Main Building.

  You will be inside a large stairwell at the east side of the Main Building 
  (I will call this the East Stairwell). However, you will see a double door 
  to your right. Go through it and you will enter into a large central room 
  with a Piano and Fireplace. Angle southwest until you reach the red 
  carpeted area and then angle west until you go through another double door.

  You will then enter another large stairwell which I will call the West 
  Stairwell. Climb the stairs to the top and you will see another double 
  door. However, you will see a single door to your right. Go through it to 
  enter a room with covered furniture.

  Go south toward an open window but don't get too close to it yet since you 
  will be encountering a patrolling Marine within this room. You will also 
  find a Carpenter Outfit on the nearby desk but it is of no use in this 
  write-up.

  When the Marine leaves then go through the window to stand on top of a 
  scaffold. Climb the ladder down to reach the Roof of the West Wing. When 
  you get down then you will find a couple of large vent units and additional 
  scaffolding pieces. Note this location as it is where you will be facing 
  Parchezzi later on.

  This is also the east end of the roof which is long and rectangular and has 
  additional large and small vent units.

  Prep your Pistol and run west. As you run past the trio of large vent units 
  then angle southwest. You should see a large domed roof (for the Oval 
  Office), a keycarded door, and a bright lighted window near the door. Head 
  to this window and stop. The door leads inside the West Wing. 
  Unfortunately, you cannot enter as a Marine or a Carpenter.

  Fortunately, a Secret Service Agent will come out in a couple of minutes to 
  take a smoke at the wall just south of your position. Wait for the door to 
  close then Sneak up and Whip him. Then drag him around the dome all the way 
  to the other side. Then change into the Secret Service Outfit and grab the 
  West Wing Keycard. Now you can safely go everywhere.

  Although you could go back up the scaffold to re-enter the Main Building 
  you may be spotted by a Secret Service Agent that wanders the grassy area 
  below. So I will go through the West Wing to safely get back to the Main 
  Building.

  Enter the door into the West Wing and make your way to the stairs at the 
  north side of the floor. Go down the stairs and through the door at the 
  bottom. Turn left at the next corner and proceed east. Angle northeast at 
  the next corner to go down a long hallway leading to a door that goes 
  outside.

  Now for one method that will work on the easier difficulty levels:

    >>The "Enemy Mined" Method
      ************************
        Head straight south from the outside door and you will get to window 
        for the Oval Office. You will see Parchezzi run into a room on the 
        other side but that is okay.

        Plant an RU-AP Mine by the side of the window then head east toward a 
        tree about halfway through this area. Stand at the south side of the 
        tree and wait for the Vice President to come out and stand in the 
        middle of this area.

        When he heads to the Oval Office window then check the West Wing, 1st 
        Floor Map. Look for Parchezzi who is going in a counterclockwise 
        patrol within the Oval Office. When he gets to the window to meet 
        with the VP then Detonate the Mine. The explosion will kill them both 
        at once.

        From here, scroll down to "Escape".

  When you go outside then head east to another double door that leads back 
  into the Main Building. Follow the hallway inside and take it back up to 
  the 1st Floor and inside the West Stairwell. You will see a solitary Marine 
  ahead of you. He is guarding the office for the Vice President. Go right on 
  in and stand in the middle of the room then Prep your Poison.

  More than likely he will not be inside his office. The First Lady has the 
  VP under her thumb and makes him take her dog, Justice, out on frequent 
  walks. After he returns from a walk then he will go inside the First Lady's 
  office and he will head through another room to go back into his office. 
  There are two doors leading into his office.

  Depending on which door he heads to will determine the first place he will 
  stop inside his office.

  If he heads to the north door then he will stand at the south end of the 
  fireplace while looking northwest. If he goes through the south door then 
  he will stand at the window at the southwest corner of the room. When you 
  determine which door he will enter from then head to the appropriate spot, 
  wait for him to stop in front of you, then Poison him.

  It is important to note that the First Lady may call him back before he 
  gets to either spot. If that happens then speed walk behind him and Poison 
  him before he gets too far from you. After killing the VP then drag his 
  body into the next room where you will find a wooden Container. Dump his 
  body into it to complete one objective.

  Now it's time to go after Parchezzi.

  Head back to the 1st Floor of the West Wing going the same way you came. 
  Then head to the north door of the Oval Office. Before going in you should 
  either Prep your Poison or Silenced Pistol. Then enter the Oval Office to 
  trigger a cutscene with Parchezzi.

  After the cutscene ends then he will trigger a mine that was planted on the 
  door behind you and flee while you are knocked to the ground. Your Threat 
  Meter will go yellow and remain that way through the end of the mission but 
  that is okay as it will not negatively affect your score.

  Now, before I go any further, there is one interesting tactic you can use 
  on the easier difficulty levels if you use a Silenced Pistol:

    >>The "Draw!" Method
      ******************
        This idea comes courtesy of TheAuZZieGamer who posted this on 
        YouTube.

        Before entering the Oval Office then bring out your Silenced Pistol 
        and go into 1st Person Mode. After the cutscene ends then you can 
        kill Parchezzi before he can flee if you fire fast enough.

        After playing around with this I found that it works best if you 
        *HOLD DOWN* the Fire Button while the cutscene plays. Then you will 
        fire a shot and kill him just after the cutscene ends.

        However, on the console versions I found that he still manages to 
        Detonate the Mine before I can kill him. This means his body will be 
        found by the Secret Service - and no SA on Professional difficulty.

        Interestingly enough, if you have the Full Auto upgrade on the 
        Silenced Silverballer, then, when you fire, you will completely use 
        up the entire clip before you can regain control of the gun.

        From here, scroll down to "Escape".

  As you are on the ground then turn your camera to look at the door that 
  Parchezzi just ran through. When you finally get up then go around the 
  north end of the couch, which is the shortest path to the door, and run 
  through the open door. Run through all of the doors and turn north when you 
  get through the last one. Run east at the corner and follow the way back to 
  the stairs leading up to the 2nd Floor.

  If you are fortunate enough then you may encounter Parchezzi in the 
  stairwell. Keep behind him though. He will fire on you if you manage to 
  pass him up. I should point out that this doesn't happen often.

  Follow him and he will lead you and up back out onto the roof. You should 
  still be fairly close to him. Now for two tactics based on what you Prepped 
  before entering the Oval Office:

    >>Poison
      ******
        As Parchezzi heads down the long straightaway toward the scaffolding 
        then bring out your Poison. If you are close enough then, when he 
        stops at the point between the two vents, then you can quickly nail 
        him (if you're *REALLY* close then you can get him in mid-stride 
        before he gets there).

        If he runs off before you can get him then he will stop just north of 
        you. Get up close to him so he doesn't fire and "use" the Poison in 
        an attempt to either Punch him or, if he turns around to either run 
        or get a better firing angle, Poison him.

        It should be pointed out that you can't Disarm him even if you were 
        unarmed. You can only knock him out. If he runs off again then he 
        will head to the south vent. If he does so then he may manage to fire 
        a shot while you are up in his face.

        Keep up with up and continue to Punch him until he is knocked out or 
        you manage to nail him. If you knock him out then Poison him. If he 
        manages to fire off at least one shot then note where he fired it. 
        When he is dead then drag him to a point opposite from where he fired 
        the shot.

        For example, if he fired at you from the south vent, then drag his 
        body to the east side of the north vent. Any Marine that comes up to 
        investigate will go to the exact spot where the shot was fired.

        That means, in this case, then he will go to the south vent. After 
        looking around then he will head back. By hiding the body in this way 
        then you greatly decrease the chance that the body will be found.

  If that doesn't work for you then there is this:

    >>Silenced Pistol
      ***************
        As Parchezzi heads down the long straightaway toward the scaffolding 
        then bring out your Silenced Pistol. Then either line up the 
        Crosshair at his head to fire one shot into it or put several rounds 
        into his back - your choice.

        If you brought the SLP .40 .S Pistol then just drop it after you kill 
        him - you won't need it anymore.

  After Parchezzi is dead then it is time to:

    >>Escape
      ******
        From the West Wing rooftop then go back down to the 1st Floor and 
        back outside. Head back into the Main Building and to the West 
        Stairwell. Go back through the 1st Floor and to the East Stairwell. 
        Then go back through the Basement and to the East Wing.

        Re-enter the Museum. If you brought the Silenced Silverballer then 
        head outside and store it inside the ICA Crate. Go back into the 
        Restroom and change back into your Suit. Then quickly exit back out 
        of the Restroom, go back outside, and to the Exit Point to 
        successfully complete the mission.

       <0+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+<<##0##>>+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+0>

  After the death of the Vice President, 47 is in his hideout cleaning up his 
  weapons. But somebody enters his hideout and he hides until he can 
  determine a course of action.

  When he confronts the person then he finds that it is Diana. She warns him 
  that the Police are right outside and they need to find a way out and to 
  get at the people responsible for the demise of The Agency. She presents 47 
  a plan but he remains very skeptical. As he looks over the folder she has 
  just given him then she stabs him with a needle that contains a drug to 
  render him unconscious.

  Later, she presents her findings to Jack who in turn welcomes her into The 
  Franchise. Together, along with Rick, they head off to the Church where a 
  memorial service is planned for the dead assassin.

  And this sets up the last mission of the game.....

   0=+=+=+0
  / ?????? \
 /+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+\
| >BDM14. "Requiem"                                                         0
 \+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+/
                                                                 \ ?????? /
                                                                  0+=+=+=0

0=========0
| Overview \
0=======================================================>

  As Jack hands over evidence of 47's actions in the White House to Rick, 
  Diana puts something on her lips, places two Silverballers on 47's chest, 
  and gives him a good-bye kiss.....

0===================0
| Mission Objectives \
0=======================================================>

  >>Leave no witnesses.

0========0
| Weapons \
0=======================================================>

  >>SLP .40 Pistol
    **************
      Carried by some of the Agents.

  >>MP7
    ***
      Carried by some of the Agents.

0==============0
| General Notes \
0=======================================================>

  The hard part to this mission was to figure out a way to minimize getting 
  shot at until you reach a safe place to ambush the Agents to get rid of 
  them and acquire better weapons. The problem with this strategy is that how 
  much, or how little, you get shot up at the beginning is random. Most times 
  you get shot up a little, sometimes you get shot up a lot, and sometimes 
  you won't get hit at all.

  This is especially problematic at Professional difficulty since they can 
  kill you before you get too far most of the time. Even more annoying is the 
  fact that you have no body armor or standard items to help you.

  I've tried to use the method of taking the Priest hostage but I have never 
  been able to make that work for me on a consistent basis so I went with the 
  "Run Like Hell to the Crypt" method.

  It is especially important not to fire your Silverballers too much because 
  they take a very long time to reload and that is the last thing you need to 
  be doing when you are dealing by a bunch of Agents. If you find yourself in 
  a reloading situation with them in the middle of a firefight then you might 
  as well restart since you will be killed very quickly, especially at 
  Professional difficulty.

  However, by going to the Crypt, you can Disarm and pick them off one by one 
  or in small groups when they try to confront you.

  Even though it is somewhat irritating to play at Professional difficulty 
  this is a reasonably quick mission so it won't take too long to play 
  through even with multiple attempts.

  And, by completing this mission on the Xbox 360 and PS3 versions on any 
  difficulty, then you will acquire the "Redemption" Accomplishment.

       <0+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+<<##0##>>+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+0>

0========0
| The Map \
0=======================================================>

  There is one level to the Map and that is the Church Grounds. This unusual 
  looking Church has a set of stairs that leads to an underground hallway.
  The main gates are to the west and the Point of Interest to the southeast 
  is a Crypt that contains several melee weapons: Shovel, Screwdriver, Hedge 
  Cutter, Hammer, and a Kitchen Knife.

       <0+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+<<##0##>>+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+0>

0====================0
| Mission Walkthrough \
0=======================================================>

  When you begin the mission then you will be laying down and the credits 
  will start to play. Your screen will be fuzzy and everybody will move in 
  slow motion. Every few seconds you will hear a thump and your screen will 
  clear up for a little bit then go fuzzy again.

  You're not dead, of course, you've just been given the same drug that you 
  gave Agent Smith in the mission "Flatline" and the kiss that Diana gave you 
  is the antidote to help you get out of your coma. But now you've got to get 
  up before the credits play out and you end up being cremated.

  At this stage you will be facing south. Inside the Church are eleven 
  people - eight of them Agents. In addition, there are two more Agents 
  heading towards the cars outside.

  To get up, rotate your Left Analog Stick to wake up 47 (On the PC version 
  you need to rapidly go through your movement keys). As he gets up then 
  things will clear up but you will still be in slow motion for a few 
  seconds.

  As you get get up, turn left, and east, then run out of the open door. Do 
  not try to shoot at any of the Agents - there are too many of them to face 
  at once.

  As you run out the door then angle right to use the wall as a shield from 
  the attacking Agents as you run southeast toward the glass wall. As you 
  near the glass wall then angle east alongside it. As you run east then you 
  should see a tree to your left. Angle northeast to get behind the tree so 
  you can use it as a shield from the Agents.

  When you get to the small tombstone at the cliff edge then turn right and 
  go south along the east side of the Church. Stick close to the wall as you 
  proceed.

  It should be noted that on Professional difficulty you may be left with 
  very little health or killed most of the time before you reach the next 
  corner. However, it is possible to have at least half of your health on 
  some attempts.

  When you reach the next corner then continue straight and south while 
  sticking close to the wall of the Church. Turn right at the next corner and 
  angle towards the tree. Just before you get to the tree then turn south go 
  down the hill.

  When you get down the hill then turn left and head towards the Crypt built 
  into the hill. When you get inside then you will find the weapons listed 
  above. If everything has gone right then you should still have plenty of 
  health left.

  The Crypt is a safe place to deal with the Agents. They cannot open the 
  door and go inside so you can use it as a shield. The best thing to do is 
  wait for one of them to get real close to the door, quickly open the door, 
  then Disarm him and sidestep right so the other Agents cannot get a good 
  shot at you as you wait for the door to close.

  When they are in a group then you will have to be careful when opening the 
  door. If you want to pick off an Agent then go into 1st Person Mode, 
  sidestep left or right, then quickly open the door, pick off one Agent, 
  then quickly close the door. This tactic will allow you to conserve your 
  health and ammo.

  When you get your hands on either the SLP .40 Pistol or MP7 then use them 
  instead of the Silverballers.

  Sometimes an Agent may have his back turned towards the door as he looks 
  around. Quickly open the door then push him in the back to knock him down 
  the small set of stairs in front of the Crypt and knock him out. If the 
  opportunity presents itself then knock out any Agent that you Disarmed so 
  you can clear the way for other Agents to get to the door.

  Be patient and carefully pick off and knock out all of the Agents that 
  approach the Crypt. When you have dealt with most or all of them then leave 
  the Crypt but kill any that you have knocked unconscious. Then go around 
  the Church and carefully lure any Agents that remain to the Crypt.

  When you get to the cars you may find at least one Agent in addition to 
  Jack. There is a high cliff northeast of their position. Go to this cliff
  and carefully pick off the Agent first then Jack using the MP7 in short, 
  controlled bursts - go into 1st Person Mode for better aim. Even though you 
  can clearly see them they don't seem to know you're there.

  If you're running low on ammo then you can try luring Jack to the Church. 
  Get close enough to him to make him start firing at you. Then run back into 
  the Church and go downstairs. When Jack finally enters the Church then he 
  will try to come down the stairs.

  However, even though you saw him successfully go down the stairs in the 
  cutscene before the mission "Amendment XXV", he will die when he tries to 
  go down (he will be fatally bounced from his wheelchair). After he's dead 
  regardless then kill the unarmed Priest and Rick to successfully complete 
  the mission and the game.

       <0+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+<<##0##>>+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+=+0>

  And with this I complete the guide and move onto the sequel, "Absolution".

  Now to close things up.....

  /==++====++==\                                             /==++====++==\
 /==++====++====++====++====++====<<##0##>>====++====++====++====++====++==\
| >AFS3. Conclusion                                                         |
 \==++====++====++====++====++====<<##0##>>====++====++====++====++====++==/
  \==++====++==/                                             \==++====++==/

0================0
| General Notices \
0===============================================>

  This document is copyright (c) Robert Allen Rusk (RARusk) 2011-2013.

  This guide may only be distributed and/or posted in its original format 
  (and, most importantly, *UNALTERED* in any way).

  If you wish to post or use excerpts from this guide then please ask for my 
  permission first before doing so (especially if you work for a magazine or 
  website). A lot of time and effort was spent putting this thing together 
  and that should be taken into consideration.

  And remember.....

    "Respect is everything."

  Although my guides and FAQs can be found at many sites around the internet, 
  the latest versions of my work can always be found first at GameFAQs since 
  that is my primary contribution site. A complete listing of all of my work 
  can be found here:

    >>http://rarusk.livejournal.com/6177.html

  Most of my guides are dedicated to the popular "Grand Theft Auto" game 
  series but some of my other work include "The Chronicles of Riddick" games, 
  "Bully", and "The Darkness" titles.

0===================0
| Additional Sources \
0=======================================================>

  --"Hitman: Blood Money" (Game Manual)
  --Xbox360Achievements.com
      --s1u5h13 (Upgrade Trick)
  --The Internet Movie Firearms Database (www.imfdb.org) and Wikipedia
      --Weapon names and information
  --www.HitmanForum.com
      --Special Ratings
  --YouTube
      --TheAuZZieGamer ("Amendment XXV")

0=========================0
| Additional Contributions \
0=======================================================>

  --J Sasaki

0========0
| Credits \
0=======================================================>

Credits and thanks go out to the following:

  >>IO Interactive
    **************
      For creating this wonderful game series and making me a fan of composer 
      Jesper Kyd.

  >>GameFAQs, IGN, and many other gaming sites
    *******************************************
      For providing a place for writers like myself to publish our work and 
      help other gamers while indulging in one of our favorite pastimes.

And finally, my biggest thanks of all goes to you the reader (and especially
those who have made suggestions as well as those who took the time to write
me).

0====================0
| Contact Information \
0===============================================>

  E-MAIL: rarusk[at]netzero[dot]com
  FACEBOOK: http://www.facebook.com/robert.a.rusk
  LINKEDIN: http://www.linkedin.com/pub/robert-allen-rusk/15/539/59b
  BLOG: http://rarusk.livejournal.com
  XBOX LIVE GAMERTAG: RARusk

So now I've come to the end of yet another gaming adventure and looking
forward to new ones. I hope that my guide helps you in getting the most out
of "Hitman: Blood Money".

<===++====++====++====++====++====<<##0##>>====++====++====++====++====++===>